Final Envronment Impact Assessment Report & Environment Management Plan

STUDY PERIOD PRE MONSOON SEASON 2018 (MARCH, APRIL, MAY)
FINAL ENVRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

&
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
FOR
IN RIVER YAMUNA, NEAR VILLAGE: DAREYA BARAMAD, TEHSIL & DISTRICT:

SAHARANPUR, UTTAR PRADESH
MINING LEASE AREA: 52.63 HA. GATA No. 1/1
PRODUCTION CAPACITY: 9,47,368 CUM/ANNUM
PROJECT COST: RS. 4.0 CRORE
Category-B1
PROJECT PROPONENT EIA CONSULTANT

M/S PRIME VISION INDUSTRIES (P) LTD. OVERSEAS MIN-TECH CONSULTANTS
312, 3RD FLOOR, VISHAL CHAMBAR, ISO 9001:2015 Certified & NABET Accredited
P-1, SECTOR-18, NOIDA-201301 501, Apex Tower, Tonk Road, Jaipur – 302015
(UTTAR PRADESH) Telefax: +91-141-2744509,
Mobile: +91- 8005782480 Mobil: +91-9460221084
E-MAIL-primevision18@gmail.com E-mail–arun.omtc@gmail.com,
Website:
www.overseasmintech.com
Project File ID- OMTC/EIA /18/04

M/S. PRIME VISION INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD. FINAL EIA REPORT
EIA/EMP REPORT FOR RIVER SAND (MINOR MINERAL) MINING PROJECT
FOR RIVER YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR
DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH DECLARATION BY CONSULTANT
DECLARATION BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THIS

REPORT
“I, hereby, certify that I was part of the EIA team in the following capacity that
developed the above EIA.
Sector No. as per EIA Sector as per EIA

1(a) Mining of minerals
Notification Notification
EIA Coordinator:
Name: Mr. Arun Kumar Yadav

Signature:
Period of Involvement: March 2018 to January, 2019
Contact Information: M/s. Overseas Min - Tech Consultants, Jaipur
501, 5th Floor, Apex Tower, Tonk Road, Jaipur-302015
Tel: +91-141-2744509, Fax No. 0141-2744509 (O),
Mobile: +91-9460221084
E-mail:arun.omtc@gmail.com,
Associate EIA Coordinator

Name:
Anjali Chachane
Period of Involvement: March 2018 to January 2019
OVERSEAS MIN TECH CONSULTANTS JANUARY 2019

M/S. PRIME VISION INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD. FINAL EIA/EMP
EIA/EMP REPORT FOR RIVER SAND (MINOR MINERAL) MINING PROJECT REPORT
DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH TABLE OF CONTENTS
A. Functional Area Experts

Name of the Involvement
S. No. Functional Areas Signature and Date
Expert/s (Period and Task)
March 2018 to May 2018
Task: Reconnaissance of
study area, Ambient air
quality monitoring,
Air Pollution interpretation of data and
Prevention, ambient air quality,
1 P. M Jain
Monitoring & identification of sources of air
Control (AP) pollution and its impact on air
quality during operational
phase, suggesting mitigation
measures to minimize impact
on ambient air quality.
Task: Monitoring of noise
level, interpretation of data,
Noise/ Vibration
2. and prediction of noise level
(NV)
due to project activity and
suggestions of mitigation
measures.
Arun Kumar Task: Identification of
Solid Waste and
Yadav sources, nature of solid waste
3. Hazardous Waste
generated, categorization of
Management (SHW)
solid waste, quantity and
method of disposal.
Risk Assessment & Task: Identification of risk,
4. Hazard Management interpreting consequence
(RH) contours, suggesting risk
mitigation measures.
Task: Reconnaissance,
Selection of sampling
locations, collection of soil
Anjali H Soil Conservation samples and analysis,
5.
Chachane (SC) interpretation of data, soil
quality, impact identification
and mitigation measures,
suggestion of soil
conservation plan
Task: Estimation of sources of
Meteorology, Air
air emissions, supervision of
6. Quality Modeling &
air quality modeling,
Prediction (AQ)
interpretation of results
obtained, impact prediction
Dr. Rizwan and mitigation measures.
OVERSEAS MIN TECH CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2019 1

Raza
Task: Site visit, finalization of
surface and ground water
Water Pollution, sampling locations,
Prevention, Control interpretation of baseline data
7.
& Prediction of collected for water quality,
Impacts (WP) water balance for the project
identification of impacts and
suggestion for mitigation
plan.
Task: Water resource
evaluation, variation and
Hydrology, Ground change in groundwater level
Water & Water throughout the year,
8.
Conservation (HG) determination of groundwater
use pattern, Impact on ground
water regime, mitigation
measures, development of
rainwater harvesting program.
Task: Preparation of land use
Prerna Chauhan land cover maps for the study
area using satellite imagery,
Land Use
9. GIS/ related tools followed by
(LU)
ground truth verification for
classification of resources
available within the study
area.

Task: Field survey for
10. Geology(GEO)
assessing regional and local
geology and drainage pattern,

ecology and biodiversity,
identification and
Prerna Sharma Ecology and
11. classification of species,
Biodiversity (EB)
Impact prediction and
Preparation of ecology
management plan.
Task: Guiding AFAE for
Roshan undertaking primary and
Socio-Economics
12. Kumawat secondary data collection and
(SE)
analysis, impact assessment,
mitigation plan, and CSR
budget allocation.
B. Faunctional Area Associates (FAA)
Name of the
Involvement Signature and Date
S. No. Functional Area Functional Areas
(Period and Task)
Associates
Task: Site visit, finalization of
surface and ground water
Water Pollution sampling locations,
Prevention, Control interpretation of baseline data
1.
& Prediction of collected for water quality,
Impacts (WP) water balance for the project
Jaya Mathur
plan.
Task: Identification of sources
of waste generated and
Solid Waste and overburden quantity, selection
2. Hazardous Waste of site for overburden
Management (SHW) disposal, suggestion of
mitigation measure for
effective management of
waste generated.
ecology and biodiversity,
identification and
Ecology and
Om Prakash Yadav classification of species,
3. Biodiversity
Impact prediction and
(EB)
Preparation of ecology
management plan.
C. Team Members
Water Pollution Task: Site visit, Assisted for
Pooja Singh Prevention, Control surface and ground water
1.
& Prediction of sampling locations, water
Impacts (WP) balance for the project
plan.
Task: Variation and change in
groundwater level throughout
Hydrology, Ground
the year, determination of
Water & Water
2. groundwater use pattern,
Conservation (HG)
Impact on ground water
regime, mitigation measures,
development of rainwater
harvesting program.
Ajeet Singh Task: Field survey for
3. Geology (GEO)
assessing regional and local
geology and drainage pattern
Task: Assisted for preparation
of land use land cover maps
for the study area using
Land Use
4. satellite imagery, GIS/ related
(LU)
tools followed by ground truth
verification for classification
of resources available within
the study area.
Task: Assisted for Secondary
Subhash Socio-Economics data collection and analysis,
5.
Chandra Gujar (SE) impact assessment, mitigation
plan, and CSR budget
allocation.
Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/ Authorized Person:
I, Arun Kumar Yadav hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts were involved in
preparation of the EIA report “River Sand / Morrum / Bajari Mine near Village Dareya
Baramad, District Saharanpur (Uttar Pradesh).” I further confirm that prescribed ToR‟s have
been complied with and the data submitted is factually correct. The consultant organization shall
be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.
Signature:
Name: Arun Kumar Yadav
Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: M/s Overseas Min - Tech Consultants, Jaipur
NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1720/RA0091, 30.04.2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND..............................................22

1.1 ABOUT THE PROJECT PROPONENT.............................................22
1.2 ABOUT MINE............................................................................................ 22
1.3 LOCATION OF PROJECT..........................................................23
1.3.1 Approach to Site.............................................................28
1.4 ABOUT EIA REPORT................................................................................... 28
1.4.1 Regulatory Framework......................................................28
1.4.2 Project Chronology till Date...............................................29
1.5 STATUTORY PERMISSIONS AND CLEARANCE RECEIVED......................29
1.6 SCOPING BEFORE TOR................................................................29
1.7 SCOPE OF WORK....................................................................................... 30
1.8 IMPORTANCE TO COUNTRY AND REGION......................................31
1.8.1 Importance to Country......................................................31
1.8.2 Importance to Region.......................................................31
1.9 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT............................................................. 32
1.10 TOR COMPLIANCE................................................................................... 33
1.11 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED.....................................................45
1.12 INSTRUMENT USED................................................................................... 45
1.13 DATA COLLECTED.................................................................................... 46
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION.............................................................47
2.1 GENERAL................................................................................................. 47
2.2 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT......................................................47
2.3 GEOLOGY................................................................................................ 51
2.4 REGIONAL GEOLOGY................................................................................... 51
2.4.1 Local Geology................................................................53
2.4.2 Description of Formation...................................................53
2.4.3 Sand............................................................................53
2.4.4 Sand Composition and Shape..............................................53
2.5 REPLENISHMENT STUDY..........................................................54
2.5.1 Origin & Control of Mineralization.......................................54
2.5.2 Details of Exploration.......................................................60
2.5.3 Method of Estimation of Reserve.........................................60
2.5.4 Geological reserves..........................................................61
2.5.5 Reserve as per UNFC System...............................................63
2.5.6 Life of Mine...................................................................63
2.6 MINERAL BENEFICIATION........................................................63
2.7 PROJECT DESCRIPTION WITH PROCESS DETAILS AND INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES
65
2.7.1 Method for developing and working the deposits......................65
2.7.2 Present and Proposed Method of Mining.................................65
2.7.3 Proposed Mode of Working.................................................66
2.7.4 Open Cast Mining/ Bench Parameters....................................68
2.7.5 Salient Features of Mining Method.......................................68
2.8 EXTENT OF OPENCAST MECHANIZED...........................................69
2.9 SPECIFICATION OF MACHINERY PROPOSED....................................69
2.10 SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL (TOP SOIL/OB)............................................70
2.11 PRECAUTION PROPOSED.......................................................70
2.12 WATER REQUIREMENT AND WASTEWATER GENERATION.................70
2.12.1 Wastewater Generation..................................................72
2.13 POWER REQUIREMENT.........................................................72
2.14 EMPLOYMENT DETAILS.........................................................72
2.15 SITE SERVICES........................................................................................ 73
2.16 SURFACE DRAINAGE PATTERN................................................73
2.17 PLANNING BRIEF..................................................................................... 75
2.17.1 Transportation.............................................................75
2.17.1.1 Traffic Density Survey..................................................75
2.17.1.2 Methodology of Vehicle Count........................................75
2.17.2 Post project Increase in Traffic Density...............................77
2.17.3 Carrying Capacity of the Roads.........................................78
2.18 GROUNDWATER...................................................................................... 81
2.19 ASSESSMENT OF INFRASTRUCTURE DEMAND (PHYSICAL & SOCIAL).....82
2.20 PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE.................................................83
2.21 REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT (R&R) PLAN (POLICY TO BE ADOPTED
(CENTRAL / STATE) IN RESPECT OF THE PROJECT AFFECTED PERSONS INCLUDING HOME
OUSTER‟S, LAND OUSTER‟S AND LESS LABOURERS, A BRIEF OUTLINE TO BE GIVEN) 84
2.22 PROJECT COST....................................................................................... 84
2.23 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE......................................84
3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT..................................................85
3.1 INTRODUCTION....................................................................85
3.2 STUDY AREA............................................................................................. 85
3.3 STUDY PERIOD.......................................................................................... 89
3.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT................................................................................... 89
3.4.1 Objective of the Study......................................................89
3.4.2 Land Use Pattern of Mining Lease (Core Area).........................89
3.4.3 Landuse of the Study Area.................................................91
3.4.4 Methodology..................................................................91
3.5 TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE..................................................94
3.5.1 Topography of the Study Area.............................................94
3.5.2 Drainage of Study Area.....................................................94
3.6 SEISMICITY OF THE STUDY AREA...............................................96
3.7 SOIL ANALYSIS.......................................................................................... 98
3.7.1 Soil profile of Study area..................................................98
3.7.2 Objectives.....................................................................98
3.7.3 Soil Sampling Locations.....................................................98
3.7.4 Soil Analysis Results.......................................................103
3.7.5 Interpretation and Conclusion of Analysis results....................106
3.7.6 Suggested Action Plan.....................................................106
3.8 METEOROLOGY........................................................................................ 106
3.8.1 Long Term Meteorology of Roorkee District – Secondary Data (1971 – 2000)
107
3.8.2 Site Specific Meteorology – Primary Data..............................109
3.8.3 Ambient Air Quality........................................................112
3.8.4 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location..............................112
3.8.5 Parameters Monitored and Methodology...............................116
3.8.6 Result of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring..............................116
3.9 AMBIENT NOISE....................................................................................... 118
3.9.1 Methodology of Ambient Noise Monitoring............................118
3.9.2 Noise Monitoring Locations...............................................119
3.9.3 Results of Ambient Noise Monitoring...................................121
3.10 HYDROLOGY AND PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE STUDY AREA.................122
3.10.1 Hydrology..................................................................122
3.10.2 Physiography..............................................................124
3.10.3 Relief.......................................................................124
3.11 WATER ENVIRONMENT............................................................................ 125
3.11.1 Occurrence of Ground Water...........................................125
3.11.2 Groundwater Resources – Secondary Data...........................126
3.12 GROUND WATER POTENTIAL AND WATER BALANCE IN THE STUDY AREA128
3.12.1 Methodology of Surface and Groundwater Monitoring............130
3.12.2 Groundwater Monitoring Locations...................................131
3.12.3 Groundwater Analysis Results.........................................134
3.13 SURFACE WATER................................................................................... 139
3.13.1 Surface Water Monitoring Location...................................139
3.13.2 Surface Water Monitoring Results.....................................139
3.14 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT..................................................141
3.14.1 Objective of the study..................................................141
3.14.2 Threats to Biodiversity..................................................141
3.14.3 Conservation of Biodiversity...........................................142
3.14.4 Phytosociology............................................................143
3.14.5 Methodology for Flora Survey..........................................144
3.14.6 Flora........................................................................144
3.14.7 Flora in Study Area......................................................145
3.14.8 Faunal Diversity..........................................................147
3.14.9 Methodology for Faunal Study.........................................147
3.14.10 Status of Fauna...........................................................149
3.15 AGRICULTURE ACTIVITY.......................................................................... 152
3.16 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT OF THE STUDY AREA..................152
3.16.1 Objective of Socio Economic Study....................................153
3.16.2 Scope of Study............................................................153
3.16.3 Methodology..............................................................153
3.16.4 Background of Study Area..............................................154
3.16.5 Demography of the Study Area........................................155
3.16.6 Infrastructure Facilities in the Study Area..........................161
3.16.7 Drinking Water Facility.................................................161
3.17 PRIMARY SOCIO ECONOMIC SURVEY............................................................ 162
3.17.1 Sampling Method.........................................................162
3.17.2 Awareness and Opinion.................................................164
3.17.3 Conclusion.................................................................168
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
MEASURES................................................................................169
4.1 IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY........................................169
4.1.1 Key Definitions.............................................................169
4.1.2 Identification of Impacts..................................................170
4.2 IDENTIFYING ACTIVITIES CAUSING UNACCEPTABLE RISK..................177
4.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT................................................................................. 183
4.3.1 Land Acquisition leading to change in Land use / Land cover......183
4.3.2 Site Clearance..............................................................184
4.3.3 Mining Activity..............................................................184
4.3.4 Reclamation.................................................................184
4.3.5 Mitigation Measures.......................................................186
4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT.................................................................................... 186
4.4.1 Mining Activity..............................................................186
4.4.2 Quantitative Estimation of Impacts on Air Environment............187
4.4.3 References...................................................................191
4.4.5 Conclusion...................................................................191
4.4.6 Fugitive Dust Generation during Reclamation.........................194
4.5 NOISE AND VIBRATION............................................................................... 195
4.5.1 Noise from Machinery and Equipment during Mining................195
4.5.2 Noise from Vehicular Traffic.............................................195
4.5.3 Assessment of Noise Level Using Model................................196
4.5.5 Ground Vibration...........................................................198
4.5.6 Measures to Minimize Vibrations due to blasting and check noise pollution
199
4.6 SURFACE WATER..................................................................................... 199
4.6.1 Surface Water Flow........................................................199
4.6.2 Water Quality...............................................................200
4.6.3 Mitigation Measure........................................................200
4.7 GROUNDWATER....................................................................................... 201
4.8 SOIL..................................................................................................... 203
4.8.1 Loss of Top Soil during Mining...........................................203
4.9 TOPOGRAPHY, HYDROLOGY, AND DRAINAGE................................................... 204
4.10 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY................................................205
4.10.1 Ecological Component Likely to be impacted.......................205
4.10.2 Mitigation Measures for Flora.........................................206
4.11 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT...........................................207
4.11.1 SOCIO ECONOMIC IMPACT...............................................208
4.11.2 Measure to Improve Socio Economic Status..........................209
4.11.3 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT (R&R) ACTION PLAN...........209
4.12 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY......................................209
4.12.1 Occupational Risk and Mitigation Measures.........................210
4.12.2 Occupational Risk and Arrangement Proposed......................212
4.12.3 Prediction of likely Impacts on Socio-economic Environment....213
4.13 SUMMARY OF OVERALL IMPACTS............................................214
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES.....................................................216
5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATE SITE................................................216
5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATE TECHNOLOGY.....................................216
5.2.1 Open- Cast Mining..........................................................216
5.2.2 Underground Mining.......................................................217
5.2.3 Selection of Mining Technology..........................................217
5.3 PROCESS FLOW SHEET, INFRASTRUCTURES POSSIBILITIES AND SELECTION217
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM.....................................219
6.1 MONITORING SCHEDULE AND PARAMETERS.................................219
6.2 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH CHECK UP............................................................... 223
6.2.1 Medical Examination.......................................................223
6.2.2 Schedule of Health Check Up.............................................223
6.3 DATA ANALYSIS AND REPORTING SCHEDULE................................223
7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES..............................................................224
7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION.............................................................................. 224
7.1.1 Photographs of Public Hearing...........................................224
7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT..................................................................................... 228
7.3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT...........................228
7.3.1 Objective....................................................................228
7.3.2 Definition....................................................................228
7.3.3 Identifying the Hazard....................................................229
7.3.4 Risk Ranking Process.......................................................230
7.4 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN.................................................................. 235
7.5 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN..................................................................... 236
7.5.1 Anticipated Disaster and Corrective Actions..........................236
7.5.2 Disaster Prevention Measure.............................................238
7.6 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT ACTION
PLAN 239
8 PROJECT BENEFITS................................................................240
8.1 SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT......................................240
8.2 PROPOSED ACTION PLAN FOR CER..................................................241
8.3 AMENITIES/FACILITIES..........................................................242
8.4 CONCLUSION........................................................................................... 243
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS...................................244
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN.......................................245
10.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANS....................................245
10.1.1 Introduction...............................................................245
10.1.2 Environment Management Cell........................................266
10.2 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT..................................................267
10.2.1 PLANTATION PROGRAMME..............................................268
10.3 BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES..............269
11 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION, SUMMARY
AND CONCLUSIONS.....................................................................271
11.1 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION.....................271
11.2 TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THE PROJECT.....................................271
11.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN........................................274
11.4 PROJECT BENEFITS................................................................................ 274
11.5 COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS......................................................................... 274
11.6 HEALTH SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) MANAGEMENT.................................. 275
11.7 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITIES (CER) ACTIVITIES PROPOSED
WITH BUDGETARY PROVISION.......................................................275
11.8 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY OF PROPONENT.................................276
11.9 CONCLUSION........................................................................................ 277
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS...............................................278
DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH LIST OF ANNEXURE
LIST OF ANNEXURE
Annexure 1: Lease of Intent..................................................................................................

Annexure 2: Approved Mining Plan.....................................................................................
Annexure 3: Cluster Certificate ............................................................................................
Annexure 4: Distance Certificate from Bridge Situated at Yamuna River………………
Annexure 5: Khasra map showing Coordinates of lease area…………………………….
Annexure 6: NABL Certficate ..............................................................................................
Annexure 7: Lab Analysis Reports……………………………………………..
Annexure 8: Environmental Policy.......................................................................................
Annexure 9: District Survey Report .....................................................................................
Annexure 10: ToR Letter ......................................................................................................
Annexure 11: NABET Certificate Overseas Min-Tech Consultants ....................................

EIA/EMP REPORT FOR RIVER SAND (MINOR MINERAL) MINING
PROJECT FOR RIVER YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD VILLAGE,
SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH LIST OF FIGURES
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1: Details about the client.....................................................................................22

Table 1-2: Latitude and Longitude of the Mining Lease...................................................23
Table 1-3: Environment Sensitivity Details......................................................................24
Table 1-4: Permission and Clearance Received................................................................29
Table 1-5: Compliance to ToR..........................................................................................33
Table 2-1: Details of the Mining Lease.............................................................................48
Table 2-2: Existing Landuse Pattern of Mining Lease Area.............................................49
Table 2-3: Sequence of Lithological formation in Saharanpur District............................51
Table 2-4: Category wise Reserves...................................................................................62
Table 2-5: Reserves as per UNFC Classification..............................................................63
Table 2-6: Year wise Production of Mineral and Waste...................................................67
Table 2-7: Extent of Opencast Mechanized.......................................................................69
Table 2-8: List of Machinery Proposed to be used............................................................69
Table 2-9: Landuse Pattern at Conceptual Stage...............................................................82
Table 3-1: Environmental Setting of the Study Area........................................................86
Table 3-2: Existing Land use pattern of the Core Zone.....................................................90
Table 3-3: Existing Land use pattern of the Study Area...................................................91
Table 3-4: Topographical Elevation of the Core Zone and Buffer Zone...........................94
Table 3-5: Soil Sampling Location....................................................................................99
Table 3-6: Analysis Methodology of Soil Samples...........................................................99
Table 3-7: Physico-chemical characteristics of soils.......................................................103
Table 3-8: Standard Soil Classification...........................................................................105
Table 3-9: Predominant Wind Direction as per IMD Roorkee........................................108
Table 3-10: Mean Meteorological Data for Summer Season of 2018.............................109
Table 3-11: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations................................................112
Table 3-12: Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring...................................................116

Table 3-13: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results....................................................116
Table 3-14: Noise Monitoring Locations........................................................................119
Table 3-15: Ambient Noise Monitoring Results.............................................................121
Table 3-16: Water Sampling Methodology.....................................................................130
Table 3-17: Groundwater Sampling Locations................................................................133
Table 3-18: Groundwater Analysis Results.....................................................................135
Table 3-19: Surface Water Monitoring Locations...........................................................139
Table 3-20: Surface Water Monitoring Results...............................................................139
Table 3-21: List of Flora in the Core Zone & Buffer Zone.......................................145
Table 3-22: Shrubs & Herbs in Study area......................................................................146
Table 3-23: Climbers in Study area.................................................................................146
Table 3-24: Grasses in Study area...................................................................................146
Table 3-25: Survey and monitoring techniques for different types of animals...............148
Table 3-26: List of Fauna in the Study Area...................................................................149
Table 3-27: Cropping Pattern of the Study area..............................................................152
Table 3-28: Demography of the Study Area....................................................................156
Table 3-29: Working and Non-Working Population of Study Area................................157
Table 3-30: Occupational Structure in Study Area..........................................................158
Table 3-31: Educational Status of Study Area................................................................159
Table 3-32: Drinking Water Facilities in the Study Area................................................161
Table 3-33: Primary Data Collection within 5 km of the mine site.................................166
Table 4-1: Impact Scoring System – Consequence Assessment.....................................172
Table 4-2: Probability Score............................................................................................177
Table 4-3: Environmental Risk Matrix............................................................................178
Table 4-4: Identification of Impacting Activities and Proposed Mitigation Measure.....179
Table 4-5: Existing Landuse of the Mining Lease...........................................................184
Table 4-6: Land Use pattern at the end of life of mine....................................................185
Table 4-7: Impact Scoring Land Use/ Land Cover..........................................................185
Table 4-8: Impact Scoring Air Environment...................................................................194
Table 4-9: Noise Generating Machinery at Mining Lease..............................................196
Table 4-10: Noise Level at Receptor during Mining Activities......................................196
Table 4-11: Impact Scoring Noise Environment.............................................................197
Table 4-12: Impact Scoring Surface Water.....................................................................200
Table 4-13: Impact Scoring Groundwater.......................................................................202
Table 4-14: Impact Scoring for Soil Environment..........................................................203
Table 4-15: Impact Scoring on Ecological Environment................................................205
Table 4-16: Occupational Risk and Mitigation Measure.................................................210
Table 4-17: Impact on Health of Mine Worker and Mitigation Measure........................211
Table 4-18: Occupational Risk and Arrangement Proposed...........................................212
Table 4-19: Composition of Pit Safety Committee.........................................................213
Table 5-1: Process Flow Sheet, Infrastructure.................................................................217
Table 6-1: Post project Environmental Monitoring Plan.................................................220
Table 7-1: Minutes of Public Hearing.............................................................................225
Table 7-2: Scale of Consequence....................................................................................230
Table 7-3: Scale of Exposure...........................................................................................230
Table 7-4: Scale of Probability........................................................................................231
Table 7-5: Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment...................................................231
Table 7-6: Risk Assessment in Mine...............................................................................231
Table 7-7: Control Measure.............................................................................................233
Table 8-1: Proposed Action Plan for CER......................................................................242
Table 8-2: Budgetary Provision for Mine Workers.........................................................242
Table 10-1: Environment Management Plan...................................................................246
Table 10-2: Greenbelt developments Programme...........................................................268
Table 10-3: Budget for Environmental Management......................................................269
Table 11-1: Salient Feature of Project.............................................................................271
Table 12-1: List of EIA Coordinator...............................................................................279
Table 12-2: Expertise of concern functional area...........................................................280
Table 12-3:List of FAAs and Team members..................................................................280
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1-1: Location Map..................................................................................................26

Figure 1-2: Google Imagery of the Mining Lease.............................................................27
Figure 2-1: Plan showing the entire surface features.........................................................50
Figure 2-2: Geological Map of Saharanpur District......................................................52
Figure 2-3: Geomorphology Map of Saharanpur District..............................................59
Figure 2-4: Surface Geological Plan and Sections of the ML Area..................................64
Figure 2-5: Process flow chart of mining Method..........................................................69
Figure 3-1: Environment Setting of the Study Area..........................................................88
Figure 3-2: Land Use/ Land cover map of the Study Area................................................93
Figure3-3: Drainage map of the Study Area......................................................................95
Figure 3-4: Seismic Map of Uttar Pradesh........................................................................97
Figure 3-5: Soil Sampling Location Map........................................................................102
Figure 3-6: Wind Rose Diagram......................................................................................111
Figure 3-7: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations.................................................115
Figure 3-8: Noise Monitoring Locations.........................................................................120
Figure 3-9: Hydrology Map of India...............................................................................123
Figure 3-10: Drainage Map of Saharanpur District.....................................................125
Figure 3-11: Depth of Water Level Contour Zone..........................................................128
Figure 3-12: Surface and Groundwater Monitoring Locations.......................................132
Figure 10-1: Environment Management Cell..................................................................267
EIA/EMP REPORT FOR RIVER SAND (MINOR MINERAL) MINING PROJECT FOR
RIVER YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT
OF UTTAR PRADESH LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS
LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS
Photograph 1-1: Photographs of Mine Lease....................................................................24

Photograph 3-1: Soil Monitoring at various locations..................................................101
Photograph 3-2: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Photographs..................114
Photograph 3-3: Ambient Noise Monitoring Location Photographs...............................119
Photograph 3-4: Groundwater Monitoring Location Photographs..................................134
Photograph 3-5: Surface water Monitoring Location Photographs.................................139
Photograph 3-6: Socio Economic Survey Photographs...................................................162

RIVER YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR
DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATIONS
AAS/ICPA : Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer/Inductively Coupled Plasma Analyzer

AAQ : Ambient Air Quality
AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
AAQS : Ambient Air Quality Standards
AIS & LUS : All India Soil and Land Use Survey
AMSL : Above Mean Sea Level
ANFO : Ammonium Nitrate - Fuel Oil
APHA : American Public Health Association
BH : Business Head
BHs : Bore Holes
BIS : Bureau of Indian Standards
BGL : Below Ground Level
CAZRI : Central Arid Zone Research Institute
CC : Calcium Carbonate
CCA : Cultural Command Area
CFM : Cubic Feet per Minute
CWC Central Water Commission
CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board
CCR : Central Control Room
CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility
CMO : Cement Manufacturing Officer
DFO : District Forest Officer
DGMS : Directorate General of Mines Safety
DMP : Disaster Management Plan
DMG : Department of Mines and Geology
DSB : Differential Sub Basin
DTH : Down the Hole
E : East
EAC : Expert Appraisal Committee
EC : Environmental Clearance
ECO : Emergency Coordinating Officer
EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment
EMC : Environment Management Cell
EMP : Environmental Management Plan
EMP : Environmental Monitoring Programme
ESE : East of South East
ENE : East of North East
EPA : Environmental Protection Act

RIVER YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR
DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH ABBREVIATIONS
ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant

ERDAS : Earth Resources Data Analysis System
EPO : Emergency planning officer
FPS : Fine Particulate Sampler
FCC : False Color Composite
Govt. : Government
GCP : Ground Control Points
GLC : Ground Level Concentration
GOI : Government of India
GPS : Global Positioning System
GSI : Geological Survey of India
GWEC : Ground Water Estimation Committee
Ha : Hectare
HIV : Human Immunodeficiency Virus
HEME : Heavy Earth Moving Equipment
HP : Horse Power
HOD : Head of Department
HSD : High Speed Diesel
IBM : Indian Bureau of Mines
IMD : India Meteorological Department
IS : Indian Standards
ISO : International Organization of Standardization
IUCN : International Union for Conservation of Nature
KLD : Kilo Liter Per Day
LOI : Letter of Intent
LUS : Land Use Study
LU/LC : Land Use / Land Cover
mRL : Meter Reduced Level
MC : Magnesium Carbonate
MHHS : Multi House Hold Survey
ML : Mining Lease
MoEF&CC : Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change
MSK : Medvedev-Sponheur-Karnik Scale
MSL : Mean Sea Level
MT : Million Tonnes
MTPA : Million Tonnes Per Annum
N : North
NAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NABET : National Accreditation Board for Education & Training
NATMO : National Atlas & Thematic Mapping Organization

NABL : National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories
NDIR : Non-Depressive Infrared Spectroscopy
NE : North East
NH : National Highway
NNE : North of North East
NGO : Non-Governmental Organization
NNW : North of North West
NRBPT : National Registration Board for Personnel & Training
NRSA : National Remote Sensing Agency
NRSC : National Remote Sensing Centre
NW : North West
OB : Over Burden
OBC : Other Backward Classes
OHS : Occupational Health and Safety
OSHA : Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PETN : Penta-Erythritol Tetra Nitrate
PFR : Pre-Feasibility Report
pH : Potential of Hydrogen
PHCS : Public Health Centers
PM : Particulate Matter
PPE : Personal Protective Equipment
PPV : Peak Particle Velocity
QCI : Quality Council of India
RSPM : Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter
SC : Scheduled Caste
SE : South East
SEIAA : State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority
SHE : Safety, Health & Environment
SI : Sustainability initiatives
SIA : Social Impact Assessment
SOI : Survey of India
SPCB : State Pollution Control Board
SPM : Suspended Particulate Matter
SSW : South of South West
ST : Scheduled Tribe
SW : South West
TC : Total Carbonate
TDS : Total Dissolved Solids
TNT : Tri Nitro Toluene
ToR : Terms of Reference
TPD : Tonnes Per Day
TRC : Technical Research Cell
TW : Tube Well
UNFC : United Nations Framework Classification
UPA : Urban Planet Atlas
USDA : United States Department of Agriculture
USEPA : United States Environmental Protection Agency
VT : Vocational Training
RF : Reserved Forest
PF : Protected Forest
W : West
WNW : West of North West
WSW : West of South West
3
µg/m : Micro gram per meter cube
µm : Micro Meter
cu. M : Cubic meter
dB : Decibel
gm/sec : Gram per second
gm/cc : Gram per cubic meter
hr/day : Hour per day
Kg : Kilogram
Kg/hr : Kilogram per hour
Kg/ha : Kilogram per hectare
Km : Kilometer
M : Meter
mg/l : Milligram per Liter
Mm : Millimeter
Sq.km : Square Kilometer
t/hr : Tonnes per hour
SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
1.1 About The Project Proponent

The Project Proponent M/s. Prime Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd. has vast
experience in mining and mineral trading. The proposed mine is a new mine. No
mining activity is carried out in the mining lease during the preparation of EIA
report.
The details about the client are given in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1: Details about the client
S. No. Details
1. Name of Applicant M/s. Prime Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd.
Corporate Address M/s. Prime Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd
2. 312, 3 floor, Vishal Chambar, P-1, Sector-18,
Noida – 201301 (Uttar Pradesh)
Name Kavach Kumar Nirmal
Designation Director
Address M/s. Prime Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd
Village: Dareya Baramad, Tehsil & District:
3.
Saharanpur (Uttar Pradesh)
Pin Code 201301
E-mail primevision18@gmail.com
Telephone No. 9460221084
1.2 About Mine

The Proposed River Sand / Morrum/ Bajari Mining Project of M/s. Prime
Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd near Village: Dareya Baramad, Tehsil & District:
Saharanpur, Uttar Pradesh over an area of 52.63 ha in Gata No. 1/1.
The Letter of Intent (LOI) for mining of River Sand / Morrum/ Bajari has been
granted in the favor of Prime Vision Industries Private Limited vide letter no.
421/Khanij/2017-2018 dated 15.03.2018 for 5 years. Letter of Intent (LOI) is
enclosed as Annexure 1.
Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure Plan has been approved by the
Directorate of Geology & Mines (U.P), Lucknow vide letter No. 229
(1)/MP/2017 dated 07/05/2018. Mining Plan approval letter is enclosed as
Annexure 2.

Application for Environmental clearance made to SEIAA on 28 st August 2018
with the Proposal no. SIA/UP/MIN/28751/2018, first technical presentation
was made on 14th September 2018 and ToR issued by SEAC to conduct EIA
study.
It is proposed to excavate approximately 9, 47,368 cum/Annum by Opencast
Semi-Mechanized method. The lease area is 52.63 Ha and total mineable
reserves are 9, 47,368 cum for Sand/Morrum/ Bajari. The expected life of the
mine will be ~ 5 years for Sand/Morrum/Bajari Mine.
1.3 Location of Project

The River Sand / Morrum/ Bajari of M/s. Prime Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd,
having an area of 52.63 Ha in Gata No. 1/1 and situated near village: Dareya
Baramad, Tehsil & District: Saharanpur, Uttar Pradesh. The study area falls in
Survey of India Toposheet No. 53F/8, 53G/5. Location map of the proposed
area is given as Figure 1-1.
The coordinates of the mining lease are shown in Table 1-2, Google imagery
presented as Figure 1-2. Photographs of the mine site are given in
Photographs 1-1.
Table 1-2: Latitude and Longitude of the Mining Lease
Pillar Latitude Longitude
A 30° 4'28.04" 77°22'9.18"
B 30° 4'36.18" 77°22'15.00"
C 30° 4'41.64" 77°22'19.94"
D 30° 4'59.29" 77°22'20.83"
E 30° 5'14.23" 77°22'34.35"
F 30° 5'0.63" 77°22'45.89"
G 30° 4'58.54" 77°22'44.21"
H 30° 4'56.52" 77°22'39.54"
I 30° 4'52.24" 77°22'36.20"
J 30° 4'45.77" 77°22'33.24"

K 30° 4'40.15" 77°22'29.09"
L 30° 4'30.49" 77°22'20.07"
M 30° 4'22.82" 77°22'15.45"
Photograph 1-1: Photographs of Mine Lease
Project Site – North Direction Project Site – South Direction
Project Site – East Direction Project Site – West Direction

The details of the environmental sensitive areas falling within10 km radius from the
mining lease are given in Table 1-3.
Table 1-3: Environment Sensitivity Details
Aerial Distance in Km and
Name Direction from M.L area
Core Zone Buffer Zone
Within the lease

S. No. Area Yamuna River
area
Western Yamuna Canal 6.0 km in NW

Budhi Nala 7.0 km in SW
Kala Nala 6.35 km in South
Aerial Distance in Km and
S. No. Area Name Direction from M.L area
Core Zone Buffer Zone
Budhi Yamuna River 8.0 km in NE
National Parks/
2. - Nil Nil
Wildlife Sanctuaries
Biosphere Reserves/
Tiger Reserves/
3 - Nil Nil
Elephant Reserves and
any other reserves
Kalanpur Reserved Forest 1.58 km in West
Forest Tapu Reserved Forest 5.7 km in NE
4
(PF/RF/Unclassified) Sugh Protected Forest 7.2 km in NW
Habitat for migratory

5 - Nil Nil
birds
Corridor for animals
of Schedule I and II of
6 - Nil Nil
the wildlife
(Protection Act 1972)
Archaeological Site
7 - Nil Nil
(notified, Other)
8 Defense Installation - Nil Nil
Industries / Thermal
9 - Nil Nil
Power Plant
10 Other Mines - Nil Nil
11 Airport - Nil Nil
7.60 km, South
12 Railway Lines Sarsawa Railway Station Nil East from mine
site.
1.42 km in NW
National Highways/ NH-73
13 Nil direction from
State Highway
mine site
0.32 km in East
14 Human Habitations Dareya Baramad Nil
Direction
EIA/EMP REPORT FOR RIVER SAND (MINOR MINERAL) MINING PROJECT FOR RIVER YAMUNA NEAR
DAREYA BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
Figure 1-1: Location Map

EIA/EMP REPORT FOR RIVER SAND (MINOR MINERAL) MINING PROJECT FOR RIVER
YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
Figure 1-2: Google Imagery of the Mining Lease

EIA/EMP REPORT FOR RIVER SAND (MINOR MINERAL)
MINING PROJECT FOR RIVER YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA
BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR
PRADESH INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
1.3.1 Approach to Site

The mining lease area is situated at a distance of 20.95 km from Saharanpur. The
lease area is connected to National Highway NH-73 which is ~ 1.42 Km in SW
direction from the mine site. The area is also connected by road to District
headquarter Saharanpur having an aerial distance of ~ 20.95 Km in SE direction
from the mining lease area. The nearest railway station is Sarsawa at a distance of
7.60 km in SE direction from the mine site. Nearest Airport is Dehradun at a
distance of 68.90 km in NE direction from mine site.
1.4 About EIA Report
1.4.1 Regulatory Framework

As per EIA Notification dated 14 th September 2006 & its subsequent
amendments; the proposed mining project falls under Activity (1a), namely
Mining of Minerals. Such activities are further divided into category “A” and “B”.
The said project of mining over an area of 52.63 Ha is listed as category “B1”
under the said notification on dated 14th August 2018, as the total lease area is less
than 100 ha, and thus requiring prior environmental clearance from State
Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Uttar Pradesh.
Purpose of EIA Report

The sole purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment report is to assess impacts
of project on the physical, natural & social (socio-economic) environment
including the people. Probable effects of the activities both negative & positive
are identified and assessed for facilitating decision making.
EC is an statutory requirement for all the „B‟ category mining projects for which
EIA/EMP has to be prepared and submitted to SEIAA for granting environment
clearance as per EIA notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments.
EIA is also necessary to develop the said mines for sustainable growth with
respects to Mineral exploitation, social status and conserving the environmental
aspects of surroundings.
The Consultant
The EIA study was undertaken by the consultant namely, M/s. Overseas Min-
Tech Consultants – Jaipur (OMTC). OMTC is a National Accreditation Board for
Education and Training (NABET) Accredited Consultant Organization (ACO)
and is qualified to prepare EIA reports for Project / Activity 1(a) (Mining of
Minerals), a mandatory requirement for agencies submitting such studies to
regulators for the purpose of seeking EC.
1.4.2 Project Chronology till Date

1. M/s. Prime Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd submitted relevant documents, namely
Form-1 (as per the EIA Notification 2006, as amended till date) along with a
Pre-feasibility Report and proposed Terms of References (ToR) for carrying
out environmental studies to the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC), on 28 th
August 2018. A presentation to the State Level Expert Appraisal Committee,
Lucknow, to finalize the ToR for the EIA study before SEAC was held on 14 th
September 2018.
2. Minutes of 359th SEAC Meeting dated 14.09.2018 has been enclosed with
Final EIA/EMP report As Annexure-X.
3. OMTC carried out monitoring studies during the Summer Season (March,
April, May) 2018, and presented the findings in Final EIA report.
1.5 Statutory Permissions and Clearance Received

M/s. Prime Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd is having an approved mining plan detailing
the operation and closure plan for lease area 52.63 ha. Details of permission and
clearance received are given in Table 1-4.
Table 1-4: Permission and Clearance Received
S. No. Permit and Clearance Issue Date
1. Letter of Intent 15.03.2018
2. Approved Mining Plan 07.05.2018
1.6 Scoping before ToR

DPR for the project is prepared by the project authority through comprehensive
survey considering all the aspects related to the mining, including all environmental
and natural aspects. Reconnaissance was carried out prior to proceed for approved
ToR. Standard ToR was referred and major aspects / issues and impacts were
identified considering site specific attributes involved and ToR was proposed.
Relevant project specific and site information‟s were collected from DPR for the
proposed ToR.
1.7 Scope of Work

The following scope of work is intended to be covered as a part of this study report,
within the overall framework of the prescribed ToR‟s:
1. Preparation and submission of EIA report incorporating baseline data with
respect to environmental components viz. air, noise, water, land, biological and
socio-economics aspects, identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts,
suggestion of EMP for mitigation of adverse impacts including environmental
monitoring, risk and disaster management plan for getting Environmental
Clearance from SEAC, Uttar Pradesh.
2. Assessment of current level of pollution (air, water, noise & soil) in and around
the proposed mine under the existing conditions:
 Monitoring of ambient air quality for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx around the
study area.
 Monitoring of meteorological data (wind velocity, wind direction, air
temperature, humidity).
 Monitoring and analysis of surface and ground water quality as per IS
10500:2012.
 Monitoring of soil characteristics & impact on soil (pollutant
deposition/other) in long run.
 Monitoring of Noise levels during 6.00 AM to 10.00 PM and night noise
level during 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM in and around the mining area covering
commercial, industrial, residential and sensitive areas.
3. Data Collection:
 Collection of meteorological data from nearby IMD Station.
 Collection of demographical data within the radius of 10 km from the project
site
 Collection of Geological & Hydro-geological Data.
4. Evaluation of existing Environmental status of water, air, flora, fauna,
demography, landuse pattern etc.
5. Collection of socio – economic profile of the project area and address in
particular, indigenous people, poverty alleviation, gender local population,
agriculture, employment, education & health.
6. Suggestions / recommendations for mitigation of adverse impacts comprising
preventive / control technologies, safeguards etc.
7. Preparation and submission of EIA report covering all the requirements of
MOEF&CC
1.8 Importance to Country and Region
1.8.1 Importance to Country

The mineral river sand is used for construction material for building, raw material
for construction of dam, raw material for road construction, paving etc. and it will
be dispatched in its crude form. There will be no beneficiation or treatment before
its dispatch. Thus, keeping in mind this requirement, mining of River Sand Minor
Mineral is necessary for durability and to beautify by carving as per the
requirement of the consumer.
1.8.2 Importance to Region

for construction of dam, road construction etc. It will be dispatched in its crude
form. There will be no beneficiation or treatment before its dispatch. Thus,
keeping in mind this requirement, mining of River Sand Minor Mineral is
necessary for development of the infrastructure. Therefore it becomes important
for the region to operate the mine to generate employment opportunities for local
people and improves livelihood as well as lifestyle of people.
About 52 local people will be employed for the mining activity which will create
ample opportunities for employment to local population. On the other hand, by
Sand / Morrum/ Bajari production, the applicant will pay revenue in the form of
royalty, dead rent, direct and indirect taxes which will contribute and generate
additional revenue to the region. Besides this, the project will prove beneficial in
terms of socio-economic development as it will provide employment to locals.
Further, the average income level, which is the indicator of socio– economic
status of households, is expected to increase, which will ultimately result in better
standard of living of the local people.
1.9 Generic Structure of EIA Report
This report follows the generic structure of Environment Impact Assessment document
provided in Appendix III of EIA Notification, 2006. The report comprises with necessary
tables, drawings and annexes. The chapter schemes for the preparation of EIA for the
proposed project are as follows:-
Chapter 1: Introduction
This chapter provided the background information of the project, brief description and
objectives of the project, description of the area, scope, methodology and organization of
the study.
Chapter 2: Project Description
This chapter presented the background information on the existing and proposed project
activities, technology being adopted, sources of pollution and proposed control measures.
Chapter 3: Description of Environment
This chapter presented the methodology and findings of the field studies undertaken to
establish the baseline conditions.
Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures
This chapter detailed the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment of
the project during development and operational phases. It described the overall impacts
of the project and underscored the areas of concerned which needed mitigation measures.
Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives
This chapter presented the technology alternatives considered for the proposed project.
Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Programme
This chapter provided recommendations for Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
including mitigation measures for minimizing the negative environment impacts of the
project. Environmental monitoring required for effective implementation of mitigative
measures during operation of the project along with required institutional arrangements
for their implementation.
Chapter 7: Additional Studies
This chapter will cover the details of public hearing proceedings (after public hearing)
and also covered the risks involved in the project. Disaster Management Plan,
occupational health and safety and summary of the other special studies as per ToR
conditions.
Chapter 8: Project Benefits
This chapter presented the details of enterprise social commitment programmes that are
being undertaken in nearby villages.
Chapter 9: Cost Benefits Analysis
This chapter is related to the environmental benefits and cost related to the activities. The
economic benefits out of the project for the region and the country.
Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan
This chapter presented the details of institutional arrangements for environmental
protection and conservation. Organization structure for environment Management is also
brought out in this chapter.
Chapter 11: Justification of project implementation, summary and conclusion.
This chapter presented the certain justification for the project implementation, summary
of the project, baseline environmental status and mitigation measures suggested to
mitigate the impacts.
Chapter 12: Disclosure of Consultants Engaged
This chapter incorporated the list of various experts engaged in preparation of this EIA
report along with brief introduction of the ACO.
1.10 ToR Compliance

The compliance statement to ToR is given in Table 1-5.
Table 1-5: Compliance to ToR
S. No. TOR Conditions Compliance Status
The Mining Plan with Progressive Mine
Closure Plan for proposed project has been
The TOR shall be valid strictly for the approved by The Director, Directorate of
annual production/yearly production as Geology & Mines, (U.P.), Lucknow, vide
1
given in the approved Mining Plans of the letter No. 229/MP/2017 on dated
respective proposal. 07/05/2018 and as per the approved mining
plan the proposed production capacity of
River Sand/Morrum/Bajari (Minor
Mineral) in River Yamuna is 9,47,368
cum/annum. The Approved Mining Plan
with Progressive Mine Closure Plan has
been enclosed as Annexure-2.
The Environment Management Plan has
Regional combined EMP study should be
2 been incorporated in Chapter-10 of Final
carried out.
EIA/EMP report.
There are no homogeneous leases present
with in the 500 periphery of the proposed
River Sand/Morrum/Bajari (Minor
Mineral) mining project.
The cluster certificate has been issued by
Regional combined area of homogeneous
District Mining Officer (Mining
3 leases in cluster situation should be verified
Department), Saharanpur vide later no.
by DMO.
1221/Mineral/2017-18 on dated
05/09/2018. The cluster Certificate has
been enclosed as Annexure-3 and
Distance certificate from the bridge has
There is no other mining area present with
in the 500 periphery of the proposed River
Sand/Morrum/Bajari (Minor Mineral)
mining project.
Certificate from Mining Officer that there is
The cluster certificate has been issued by
4 no other mining area exit within 500 m
District Mining Officer (Mining
periphery.
Department), Saharanpur vide later no.
1221/Mineral/2017-18 on dated
05/09/2018. The cluster Certificate has
been enclosed as Annexure-3
The total CER cost for the proposed
project has been estimated in accordance
with the office memorandum by
CER cost to be calculated for individual MOEF&CC, Impact Assessment
5
lease. Division, GOI, New Delhi vide File
.No.22-65/2017-IA.III on dated 1st May
2018 is about Rs. 25.41 Lacs/annum.
Proposed budgetary Cost for Corporate
Environmental Responsibilities has
been incorporated in Chapter-11 of
Final EIA/EMP report.
An intimation regarding conducting the The request was made by the project
6 monitoring to be sent to concerned District proponent in 359th SEAC Meeting Dated
Magistrate and State Pollution Control 14.09.2018 to consider the baseline data
Board office. for the period of March to May, 2018.
The laboratory conduction the monitoring
is Overseas Test House and Research
The lab conducting the analysis should be
7 Center Pvt. Ltd has been NABL approved
authenticated and registered.
laboratory. Copy of the NABL certification
has been enclosed as Annexure-6.
Public Hearing has been conducted as per

Public hearing to be conducted as per EIA EIA Notification, 2006 on dated
8
Notification, 2006. 26.12.2018. Minutes of public hearing has
The Letter of Intent (LoI) issued in favor

of M/s. Prime Vision Industries (P)
Limited, 312, 3 floor, Vishal Chambar, P-
1, Sector-18, Noida – 201301 (Uttar
A copy of document in support of fact that Pradesh) for a period of 5 years vide
9 the proponent is the rightful lessee of the Memo No. 421/Khanij/2017-2018 on
mine should be given. dated 15.03.2018 by the Office of District
Magistrate, Saharanpur.
The copy of LOI has been enclosed as
Annexure-1.
The Mining Plan with Progressive Mine
Closure Plan for proposed project has been
approved by The Director, Directorate of
Geology & Mines, (U.P.), Lucknow, vide
Approved mining plans for all the mining
10 letter No. 229/MP/2017 on dated
projects.
07/05/2018 The Approved Mining Plan
with Progressive Mine Closure Plan has
been enclosed as Annexure-2 Khasra Map
is enclosed as Annexure-5.
The proposed River Sand/Morrum / Bajari
All documents including approved mine (Minor Mineral) Mining project is in River
plan, EIA and public hearing should be
compatible with one another in terms of the Yamuna near village: Dareya Baramad,
mine lease area, production level, waste Gata no. 1/1, Tehsil & District:
generation and its management and mining Saharanpur, Uttar Pradesh.
technology and should be in the name of the Area: 52.63 ha
lessee. The mine plan should take into
Production Capacity: 9,47,368
account the conditions of the mine lease, if
any, in terms of distance to be left cum/annum.
unworked from the river flowing nearby. Waste generation: There will be no waste
generation due to mining activity.
11
Small amount of domestic waste will be
generated for which dustbin will be kept at
proper place and it will be disposed
properly and regularly.
Mining Technology: Opencast Manual
(Semi-Mechanized) Method.
Name of the Applicant: M/S Prime
Vision Industries (P) Limited
7.5 m safety barrier will be kept from the
lease area.
The study area for the baseline data
The study area will comprise of 10 km zone
collection and biological study has been
around the mine lease from the lease
comprises of 10 km around the periphery
periphery and the data contained in the EIA
of mine lease. The topological map
such as waste generation etc should be for
showing the core zone and buffer zone has
the life of the mine / lease period.
been incorporated in Chapter-3 of Final
12 EIA/EMP Report.
There will be no waste generation due to
mining activity.
generated for which dustbin will be kept at
Land use map of the study area delineating
Land use of the study area delineating forest
forest area, agricultural land, grazing land,
area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife
wildlife sanctuary and national park,
13 Sanctuary and national park, migratory
migratory route of fauna, water bodies,
route of fauna, water bodies, human
human settlements and other ecological
settlements and other ecological features
features has been incorporated in Chapter-
should be indicated. 3 of Final EIA/EMP Report.
14 Land use plan of mine lease area should be
The land use plan of mine lease area
prepared to encompass pre-operational,
operational and post-operational phases and encompass pre-operational, operational
submitted. and post-operational phases has been
detailed in Chapter-4 of Final EIA/EMP
report.
Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, There is No National Parks, Wildlife
Biosphere Reserves, wildlife Corridors, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, wildlife
Tiger/Elephant Reserves (existing as well as
proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves
lease should be clearly indicated supported (existing as well as proposed) etc. falls
by a location map duly authenticated by within the study area (10 km radius of the
15 Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary mine boundary.
clearance, if any, as may be applicable to
such projects due to proximity of the
ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned
above should be obtained from the state
Wildlife Department / Chief Wildlife
Warden under the Wildlife (Protection) Act,
1972 and copy furnished..
A detailed biological study for the study
Detailed Biological study for the study
area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km
area (core zone & buffer zone) covering
radius of the periphery of the mine lease)]
both terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna
shall be carried out covering both terrestrial
16 has been conducted and listed in Chapter-3
and aquatic flora and fauna. Details of flora
of Final EIA/EMP Report.
and fauna, duly authenticated, separately for
core and buffer zone should be furnished
based on field survey clearly indicating the
Schedule of the fauna present.
The entire allotted lease lies within river
Impact of change of land use should be
beds of Yamuna River and there will be no
given.
change in land use after operation. The
17
river Sand/Morrum/Bajari will be
replenished every year during the monsoon
season.
Impact of mining on the hydrology of the The maximum depth of working shall not
area including water flow in the river be more than 3 m and existing ground
adjoining the mine lease. It should also take water level in the area is 9-13 mbgl. So,
into account the inundation of mined out proposed mining activities will not affect
18 area due to flow of water from the river.
the hydrology of the area.
Mining will be carried out in a Scientific
manner, so that there is no obstruction to
the flow of water, during rainy season
R & R plan / compensation details for the
project affected people should be furnished.
While preparing the R & R plan, the The total mining lease area (52.63 ha.) is
National Rehabilitation & Resettlement
Policy should be kept in view. In respect of Government land/Nadi. No houses,
SCs / STs and other weaker sections need villages connecting road and infrastructure
19
based sample survey, family-wise, should existing in the area will be disturbed.
be undertaken to assess their requirement Therefore no Rehabilitation and
and action programmes prepared resettlement action plan is required.
accordingly integrating the sectoral
programme of line departments of the State
Governments.
There is one kachha haul road will made
02 km kachcha haul road to be made
for mineral transportation from the lease
motorable. Submit Plan
area to nearest connecting road which is
20
about 1.42 km in NW direction. Rout map
has been incorporated in Chpater-2 of
Final EIA/EMP report.
One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. March - Primary baseline data on ambient air
One season (Non Monsoon) primary quality, water quality, noise level, soil and
baseline data on ambient air quality (PM2.5, flora and fauna are collected in summer
PM10, Sox and NOx), water quality, noise season (March, April, May) 2018.
level, soil and flora and fauna shall be Ambient Air quality has been determined
collected and the AAQ data so collected by measuring the concentration of
presented data-wise in the EIA and EMP parameters like P.M.2.5, P.M.10, SO2,
report. Site-specific meteorological data NOx according to the latest standards
should also be collected. The location of the prescribed by CPCB.
monitoring stations should be justified. Site-specific meteorological data has also
been collected. The location of the
21
monitoring stations (minimum 7) has been
justified as per the meteorological data and
detailed in Chapter-3 of Final EIA/EMP
report.
The selections criteria for monitoring
locations have been given in Table 3-13.
Date wise collected baseline AAQ data
have formed part of EIA and EMP report
and Lab Analysis report has been enclosed
as Annexure-7.
The details of the same are incorporated in
Chapter-3 of Final EIA/EMP Report.
There should be at least one monitoring One monitoring station within 500 m of the
station within 500 m of the mine lease in the mine lease in the predominant downwind
predominant downwind direction. The direction has been taken and the
22 mineralogical composition of PM10
mineralogical composition of PM10
particularly for free silica should be given.
particularly for free has been detailed in
Chapter-3 of Final EIA/EMP report.
Air quality modeling should be carried out Air quality modeling has been carried out
for prediction of impact of the project on the for prediction of impact of the project on
air quality of the area. It should also take the air quality and impact of movement of
into account the impact of movement of vehicle for transportation of mineral of the
vehicle for transportation of mineral. The area. Details of the model used and input
details of the model used and input parameters used for modeling has been
parameters used for modeling should be incorporated in Chpater-4 of Final
23 provided. The air quality contours may be EIA/EMP report.
may be shown on a location map clearly Air quality contour map has been shown of
indicating the location of the site, location location map of the lease area and has been
of sensitive receptors, if any and the incorporated in Chpater-4 of Final
habitation. The wind rose showing pre- EIA/EMP report.
dominant wind direction may also be The wind rose diagram showing pre-
indicated on the map. The impact of stone dominant wind direction has been
crusher nearby should also be taken into incorporated in Chpater-3 of Final
account. EIA/EMP report.
The water requirement for the project, its
availability and source to be furnished. A The total water requirement for the
detailed water balance should also be proposed mining project is 9.58 KLD.
provided. Fresh water requirement for the Domestic Purpose -0.88 KLD
project should be indicated.
Dust Suppression/water sprinkling- 3.2
KLD
24
Green belt/Plantation-5.5
0.88 KLD water for drinking proposes will
be sourced from nearby villages. 8.7 KLD
water will be brought from nearby
authorized Govt. body.
Necessary clearance from the Competent No groundwater will be abstracted for use
25 Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of
at mine site.
water for the project should be provided.
The proposed River/Sand/Morrum mining
Details of water conservation measures
is in River Yamuna. The mine area will be
26 proposed to be adopted in the projected
replenished during monsoon season. So,
should be given.
there will no other water conservation
measures will be required.
There will be no impact of the project on
Impact of the project on the water quality
the water quality both surface and ground
both surface and groundwater should be
water as no discharge of chemical from
assessed and necessary safeguard measures,
mining and there will be no mineral
if any required should be provided.
27 processing carried out.
Necessary safeguard measures proposed to
be adopted and have also been
incorporated in Chapter-3 of Final
EIA/EMP Report.
Based on actual monitored data, it may A detailed hydro-geological study has been
clearly be shown whether working will undertaken and details are given in Chapter
intersect groundwater. Necessary data and 3 of Final EIA/EMP report.
documentation in this regard may be Depth of ground water table in the area is
provided. In case the working will intersect to be 9-18 m BGL and Ultimate working
groundwater table, a detailed hydro depth will be maintained up to 3 m below
geological study should be undertaken and the river bed area. Therefore, Mine
report furnished. Necessary permission working will not intersect groundwater
from Central Ground Water Authority for table. Hence, mining activity will not
28 working below ground water and for disturb ground water environment.
pumping of groundwater should also be Schematic Diagram of Mine Working has
obtained and copy furnished. been incorporated in Chapter-2 of Final
EIA/EMP report.
Summer season monitoring of the ground
water was carried out in March, April and
May 2018 and shown data regarding
ground water quality of the study area is
given in Section 3.10 of Final EIA/EMP
Report.
The proposed River/Sand/Morrum mining
will be done in river bed of River Yamuna
Details of first order stream, if any passing
in Pre monsoon period. A safety barrier of
through lease area and modification
7.5 m will be maintained from the mining
29 diversion proposed, if any and the impact of
lease to submerged area.
the same on the hydrology should be
There is no stream or nallah passing
brought out.
through lease area, So no modification
diversion will be proposed.
30 Details of rainwater harvesting proposed, if The proposed River/Sand/Morrum mining
any, in the project should be provided. will be done in river bed of River Yamuna
in Pre monsoon period. Water level of the
river will be increased in monsoon season.
So, there will be no rain water harvesting
will be required.
The highest elevation of the area is
229.116 mRL and lowest elevation of
Information on reduced levels site elevation,
214.259 mRL. Ultimate working depth will
working depth, groundwater table etc.
be maintained up to 3 m below the river
31 below natural surface level should be
bed area.
provided. A schematic diagram may also be
Schematic diagram showing mine working
provided for the same.
and depth of water table is given in
Chapter-2 of Final EIA/EMP report.
Quantity of solid waste generated to be There is no waste or mineral rejects
estimated and details for its disposal and generation in the proposed mining of River
management should be provided. The Sand/Morrum/Bajari so question does not
quality, volumes and methodology planned arise for the stacking, stabilization and
for removal and utilization (preferably dumping of the same.
concurrently) of top soil should be
indicated. Details of backfilling proposed, if
32 generated for which dustbin will be kept at
any, should be given. It may be clearly
indicated that out of the total waste
generated during the mine life, how much
quantity would be backfilled and how much
quantity would be disposed off in the form
of external dump (number of dumps, their
height, terraces etc. to be brought out).
The reclamation plan, post mine land use The proposed River/Sand/Bajari mining
and progressive green belt development will be done in River bed area of River
plan shall be prepared in tabular form Yamuna and the excavated area will be
(prescribed format) and submitted. replenished naturally due to sediment
inflow from the catchment area during the
33 monsoon season.
The plantation will be done over an area of
17.36 ha. along the roads, in schools and
public building & Nearby Gram-
Panchayat, Hospital, School and other
social forestry programme, and the places
directed by the concerned authority.
A time bound progressive greenbelt
development plan is given in Chapter 10
Final EIA/EMP Report.
Impact on local transport infrastructure due Impact on local transport and infrastructure
to the project should be indicated. Projected due to the project will be on positive side.
increase in truck traffic as a result of the The projected increase in hauling vehicles
project in the present road network as a result of the project will certainly
(including those outside the project area) increase the traffic load in the present road
34 should be worked out, indicating whether it network.
is capable of handling the increased load. Traffic Density is carried out at NH-73
Arrangement for improving the which is 1.35 km in SW direction. The
infrastructure, if contemplated (including post project PCUs has been calculated and
action to be taken by other agencies such as the same is given in Chapter 2 of Final
State government) should covered. EIA/EMP report.
On site shelter, Canteen, Rest room, and
Details of the infrastructure facilities to be
drinking water facilities will be developed.
provided for the mine workers should be
35 Details of the infrastructure facilities to be
included in the EIA report.
provided for the mine workers is given in
Chapter 2 of Final EIA/EMP Report.
The proposed River/Sand/Bajari mining
Conceptual post mining land use and
will be done in River bed area of River
Reclamation and Rehabilitation of mined Yamuna and the excavated area will be
out area (with plans and with adequate replenished naturally due to sediment
number of sections) should be given in the inflow from the catchment area during the
36 monsoon season.
EIA report.
Conceptual post mining land use and
Reclamation and Rehabilitation of mined
out area has been detailed in Chapter-4 of
The plantation will be done over an area of
Phase-wise plan of green belt development,
17.36 ha. along the roads, in schools and
plantation and compensatory afforestation
public building & Nearby Gram-
should be charted clearly indicating the area
Panchayat, Hospital, School and other
to be covered under plantation and the
37 social forestry programme, and the places
species to be planted. The details of
directed by the concerned authority.
plantation already done should be given.
A time bound progressive greenbelt
development plan is given in Chapter 10
Occupational health impact of project Details regarding Occupational health
should be anticipated and preventive impact of the project are given in Chapter
measures initiated. Details in this regard 4, of Final EIA/EMP Report.
should be provided. Details of pre- Health study of the surrounding area is
38 placement medical examination and carried out by covering information
periodical medical examination schedules regarding prevailing diseases, mortality
should be incorporated in the EMP. Special rate etc. Accordingly, Health and Safety
attention should be in view of the stone Plan has been prepared and given in
crusher nearby. Chapter 6 of Final EIA/EMP Report.
Socio-economic survey of the villages
Measures of social-economic significance
situated in the study area was carried out
and influence to the local community
has been given in Chapter 3 of Final
proposed to be provided by project
EIA/EMP Report.
proponent should be indicated. As far as
possible, quantitative dimensions may be Based upon its findings and keeping in
given with time frame for implementation. view the needs of local populations,
39
adequate budget provisions are made for
carrying out CER activities. Measures to
be taken to mitigate socio economic
influence on the local community due to
proposed project are given in Chapter 8 of
Detailed environmental management plan
Detailed environmental management plan to
mitigate the environmental impacts which, to mitigate the environmental impacts due
should inter-alia should include the impact to change of land use, loss of agricultural
due to change of land use, due to loss of & grazing land, if any, is given in Chapter
40 agricultural land and grazing land, if any, 10 of Final EIA/EMP Report.
occupational health impacts beside other
impacts of the projects. It should also take Besides other impacts of the project is
into account the impacts due to stone given in final EIA. Budgetary provision for
crusher nearby and also provide for EMP is given in Chapter 10 of Final
preventing the silt from going into the river. EIA/EMP Report.
Risk assessment and disaster management Risk assessment and Disaster Management
plan due to inundation of mine as a result of Plan has been prepared and the same is
41
its location close to the river should also be given in Chapter 7 of Final EIA/EMP
examined and addressed. report.
Public hearing shall be undertaken as per Public hearing has been conducted as per
law. Public hearing points raised and law on dated 26.12.2018. Proceeding of
42 commitment of the project proponent on the
Public hearing has been enclosed as
same along with the time bound action plan
to implement the same should be provided. Annexure-10.
Details of litigation pending against the
43 project, if any, with direction / order passed No litigation is pending against the project.
by any Court of Law against the project
should be given.
The cost of project (capital cost and Capital Cost Of the Project: Rs. 4.0 Crore
44 recurring cost) as well as the cost towards Recurring Cost: Rs. 1.0 Crore
implementation of EMP should clearly be
spelt out. EMP Cost: Rs. 15.26 Lacs/annum
Present position of distances of railway Location map of Core zone and buffer
lines, National Highway including culverts zone (10 km radius) has been prepared and
and bridges, Reservoir, lake, Canal, Road incorporated in Chpater-1 of Final
including culverts & bridges, Soil EIA/EMP report.
conservation works, nursery plantation,
45 check dams, water supply schemes &
irrigation schemes, water sources such as
Springs, Infiltration galleries, Percolation
wells, Hand pumps, Tube wells and existing
flood control / protection work should be
included and indicated in location map.
Proponent should submit attested photocopy The Letter of Intent (LoI) issued in favor
of the sanction of mining lease by the State of M/s. Prime Vision Industries (P)
Government. Limited, 312, 3 floor, Vishal Chambar, P-
1, Sector-18, Noida – 201301 (Uttar
Pradesh) for a period of 5 years vide
46
Memo No. 421/Khanij/2017-2018 on
dated 15.03.2018 by the Office of District
Magistrate, Saharanpur.
The copy of lease has been enclosed as
Annexure-1.
The company have a well laid down
The company will have a well laid down
Environment Policy approved by its Board
Environment Policy approved by its Board
of Directors and same has been
47 of Directors and it may be detailed in EIA
incorporated in Chapter 10 of Final
report.
EIA/EMP report and enclosed as
Annexure-8.
The Environment Policy must prescribe for The Environment Policy for standard
standard operating process/ procedures to operating process/ procedures to bring into
48
bring into focus any infringement / focus any infringement / deviation /
deviation / violation of the environment or violation of the environment has been
forest norms/conditions and it may be incorporated in Chapter 10 of Final
detailed in EIA. EIA/EMP report and enclosed as
Annexure-8.
The hierarchical system or Administrative
The hierarchical system or Administrative
order of the company to deal with the
order of the company to deal with the
environmental issues and for ensuring that
environmental issues and for ensuring
49 EC conditions will be compliance and
compliance with the EC conditions and
details of this system has been
details of this system may be given.
incorporated in Chapter-8 of Final
EIA/EMP report.
The company must have a system of The company had a system of reporting of
reporting of non-compliance/violations of non-compliance/violations of
environmental norms to the Board of environmental norms to the Board of
50 Directors of the company and/ or Directors of the company and/ or
shareholders or stakeholders at large. This shareholders or stakeholders at large. This
reporting mechanism should be detailed reporting mechanism has been detailed
EIA reports. Chapter-8 of Final EIA/EMP reports.
1.11 Methodology Adopted

On the basis of quick assessment of the environmental conditions at the mine site
and nature of adjoining area, the lease area is considered as core zone, it was found
that the area lying within the 5 km radius from the periphery of mine lease
boundary considered to be the dominant zone where fugitive emission of the
mining activity can have an impact on physical and biological environments. Area
between 5 km to 10 km radius from the periphery of mine lease boundary
considered as buffer zone, where only slight impact may be observed occasionally.
1.12 Instrument Used

The following instruments were used at the site for environmental baseline data
collection work.
 Respirable Dust Controller with attachment for gaseous Pollutants, Envirotech
APM 460 BL
 Digital D.O. Meter Model – 831 E.
 Wind Van – One
 Thermometer
 Sound Level Meter Model SL-4010
 Anemometer Model AM – 4201
1.13 Data Collected

Meteorological data collection instrument was set near to mine site. Expert field
team (lab team) stayed in this area during the study period. Micro Meteorological
Data were collected for 24 hours during summer season, without any interruption at
one location. A number of air, water and soil samples were collected and analyzed.
Analyzed samples include the following:-
 Soil samples were collected and analyzed from seven locations
 Ambient air quality was monitored at seven locations in different directions at
different distances based on meteorological conditions.
 Noise levels measurement was carried out by sound level meter at seven
locations
 Groundwater samples were collected from seven locations and one surface
water sample was collected and analyzed.
In addition to above, the data on land use, vegetation, Flora and Fauna were also
collected by the field team by meeting with large number of local inhabitants in the
study area and different Government departments/ agencies.
SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 General
The River Sand / Morrum / Bajari having M.L Area 52.63 ha in Gata No. 1/1 lies
between
 Latitude : 30°4'28.04‟‟to 30°5'14.23"N
 Longitude: 77°22'9.18‟‟ to 77°22'45.89"E and marked on Survey of India
Toposheet No. 53 F/8, 53G/5.
The mine lease area is undulated river bed. There is no forest or agriculture land in
the lease area. The entire lease lies within river Yamuna there will be no change in
land use after operation. The river sand will be replenished every year during the
monsoon season. The ultimate land use of the allotted lease area will not change.
The land as per revenue records is Govt. waste land of 52.63 hectare falls near
Village: Dareya Baramad, Tehsil & District: Saharanpur, Uttar Pradesh; this is a
project with production capacity of 9, 47,368 cum/Annum.
form. There will be no beneficiation or treatment before its dispatch. Thus, keeping
in mind this requirement, mining of River Sand Minor Mineral is necessary for
development of the infrastructure. Therefore it becomes important for the region to
operate the mine to generate employment opportunities for local people and
improves livelihood as well as lifestyle of people.
2.2 Description of Project

As per EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006 & subsequent amendments on
1st December 2009, 4th April 2011 and 14th August 2018; the proposed mining
project falls under Activity (1a), namely Mining of Minerals. Such activities are
further divided into category “A” and “B”. The said project is for mining Sand/
Morrum/Bajari in an area of 52.63 Ha such projects are listed as category “B1”
under the said notification, as per S.O. 3977 (E) dated 14th August 2018 this project
is categorized as „B1‟ category project as the total lease area is less than 100 ha, and
thus requiring prior environmental clearance from State Level Expert Appraisal
Committee i.e. SEAC, Lucknow in this case.
The details regarding the mining lease are given in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1: Details of the Mining Lease
S. No. Particulars Details
A. Nature of the Project Sand / Morrum / Bajari
B. Size of the Project
1. Mine area 52.63 ha
2. Production Capacity 9, 47,368 cum
C Location Details
1. Village Dareya Baramad
2. Tehsil Saharanpur
3. District Saharanpur
4. State Uttar Pradesh
5. Toposheet Numbers 53 F/8, 53G/5
6. Latitude & Longitude Pillar Latitude Longitude
A 30° 4'28.04" 77°22'9.18"
B 30° 4'36.18" 77°22'15.00"
C 30° 4'41.64" 77°22'19.94"
D 30° 4'59.29" 77°22'20.83"
E 30° 5'14.23" 77°22'34.35"
F 30° 5'0.63" 77°22'45.89"
G 30° 4'58.54" 77°22'44.21"
H 30° 4'56.52" 77°22'39.54"
I 30° 4'52.24" 77°22'36.20"
J 30° 4'45.77" 77°22'33.24"
K 30° 4'40.15" 77°22'29.09"
L 30° 4'30.49" 77°22'20.07"
M 30° 4'22.82" 77°22'15.45"
The mine lease area is undulated river bed. There is no forest or agriculture land
in the lease area. The entire lease lies within river Yamuna there will be no
change in land use after operation. The river sand will be replenished every year
during the monsoon season. The ultimate land use of the allotted lease area will
not change. As per revenue records, the mining lease area is Govt. waste land falls
in Gata No. 1/1. Existing land use pattern is given in Table 2-2.
Table 2-2: Existing Landuse Pattern of Mining Lease Area
Forest Crop Grazing Waste
Details Others Total
Land land land land
River bed area - - - 49.31 - 49.31
Infrastructure (road) - - - -- - --
Agriculture - - - - - -
Plantation - - - -- - --
Habitation - - - - - -
Soil dump - - - - - -
OB dump - - - - - -
Blocked area of 6.31%
blocked in 7.5m Statuary
barrier five Years lease - - - 3.32 - 3.32
Boundary etc.=
(in sqm)
Total - - - 52.63 - 52.63
DAREYA BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-1: Plan showing the entire surface features

DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.3 Geology
2.4 Regional Geology

The area is mostly covered by recent river filled sediments. Sand are exposed in the
north-eastern part. Yamuna fault is present in the north along the Yamuna River.
Geological succession in Saharanpur district (modified after Taylor, 1950):
The modified succession suggested by the later workers of this region in given in
Table 2-3.
Table 2-3: Sequence of Lithological formation in Saharanpur District
Stratigraphic Units Age Lithological Constituents
Younger alluvium Holocene Sands and Clays
Older alluvial Plan Middle to Boulders, pebbles, gravel,

sands, silt and clay.
Pleistocene
Siwalik Super Upper Upper Pliocene to Sandstone with boulders

group Siwalik Lower Pleistocene cobbles, conglomerates and
assorted clays.
Middle Upper Miocene to Sandstone with associated

clays and pebble beds.
Siwalik Lower Pliocene
Lower Upper Miocene to Absent

Siwalik Lower Pliocene
Pre Siwalik Rock

Figure 2-2: Geological Map of Saharanpur District
2.4.1 Local Geology
Mining area is situated in the bank of Yamuna River. Soil is present in the area.
River Sand/Morrum/Bajari is spread all over the area. The litho units encountered
in the riverbed and surrounding areas are the river born sediments brought and
deposited in the flood plains by River Yamuna. The sediments are river borne and
has deposited in the riverbed. The size of the sediments towards the source i.e.
host rock is course and at the tail end of the river the grain size is reduced to
smaller sizes resulted in the formation of clay beds.
The following sequences have been observed in the area.
• Soil/Alluvium
• Sand
Sand and silt are deposited in the middle of the river whereas fine sand and soil
are deposited at the fringe of the riverbanks.
2.4.2 Description of Formation

The description of Sand found in the lease area as minor mineral has been as
under:
2.4.3 Sand
The thickness of Sand varies from 3-10 m in river bed whereas the thickness in
the agriculture fields more than 20m. Sediments of various sizes and in mixed
form are predominantly deposited in the river bed and there is no perfect
classification between sediments. These may be called as coarse sand, medium
sand and fine sand.
The term sand is used to detonate an aggregate of mineral or rock grains greater
than 1/16m and less than 2mm in diameter
2.4.4 Sand Composition and Shape

Most sand is made of quartz or its microcrystalline cousin chalcedony, because
that common mineral is resistant to weathering. The farther from its source rock
sand is the closer it is to impure quartz. But Yamuna sands contain quartz grains,
tiny bits of rock, or dark minerals like limestone and ferruginous concentration.
The size of the sediments is variable. The grains whether small or large are
rounded in shape sand is grey, brown in color, coarse to fine grained. The present
deposits are of good quality and can be used for building industries. There is no
other use of this material.
2.5 Replenishment Study
2.5.1 Origin & Control of Mineralization

The Yamuna, also known as the Jumna, (not to be mistaken with the Jamuna of
Bangladesh) is the longest and the second largest tributary river of the Ganges
(Ganga) in northern India. Originating from the Yamunotri Glacier at a height of
6,387 metres on the south western slopes of Banderpooch peaks in the uppermost
region of the Lower Himalaya in Uttarakhand, it travels a total length of 1,376
kilometres (855 mi) and has a drainage system of 366,223 square kilometres
(141,399 sq mi), 40.2% of the entire Ganges Basin, before merging with the
Ganges at Triveni Sangam, Allahabad, the site for the Kumbha Mela every twelve
years. It is the longest river in India which does not directly flow to the sea.
It crosses several states, Uttarakhand, Himachal Pradesh Haryana and Uttar
Pradesh, passing by Uttarakhand and later Delhi, and meets its tributaries on the
way, including Tons, its largest tributary in Uttarakhand, Chambal, its longest
tributary which has its own large basin, followed by Sindh, the Betwa, and Ken.
Most importantly it creates the highly fertile alluvial, Yamuna-Ganges Doab
region between itself and the Ganges in the Indo-Gangetic plain. Nearly 57
million people depend on the Yamuna waters.
Mainly following types of glaciers are enrolled in the process:
(i) Super Glacial Load: The debris that falls from the valley walls on the
surface of the glacier is transported as a conveyor belt. Such debris is
called “super glacial load”.
(ii) Englacial Load: Sooner or later a part of the debris is engulfed into
crevases. This material which is enclosed within the ice is called
“englacial Load”.
(iii) Subglacial Load: The debris present at the bottom of the glacier is
called “subglacial load”. The sub glacial load includes the material
plucked from the rocky floor and a portion of the debris that reaches
the base from above.
The material that deposited by glacial melt water are called “Fluvioglacial
deposits”. These deposits are usually well sorted and stratified accumulations of
silt, sand and gravel. These deposits carried out by rivers and deposited at the
favorable places.
The amount of material is basically depends upon the total glacial melt and
material loaded by the river by their actions.
The formation of River Bed minerals i.e. Boulder, Gravel & Sand is depends on
the stream erosion. The stream cause erosion in four ways: - (i) Chemical action,
(ii) Hydraulic Action, (iii) Abrasion, and (iv) Attrition.
(i) Chemical Action: - It includes the solvent and chemical action of
water on country rocks. The chemical decay works along joints, cracks
and thus helps in breaking the bedrocks.
(ii) Hydraulic Action: - The swiftly flowing water hammer the uneven
faces of jointed rocks exposed along its channel and removes the jointed
blocks.
Example: - At the bottom of waterfalls, the channels are eroded at an
enormously rapid rate by the hydraulic action.
(iii) Abrasion: - The flowing water uses rock fragments such as pebbles,
gravels and sands as a tool for scratching and grinding the sides floor
of the valley.
(iv) Attrition: - It is the breaking of the transported materials themselves
due to mutual collision. The attrition causes the rock fragments to
become more rounded and smaller in size.
The amount of solid material transported by a stream is called its “Load”. The
stream transport it in three ways: (i) in solution (dissolved load), (ii) in suspension
(suspended load) and (iii) along the bottom (Bed Load).
(i) Dissolved Load: - The dissolved load is brought to the stream by
groundwater. Some amount of it is also acquired directly from soluble rocks
which occur along the streams course.
(ii) Suspended Load: - Suspended load forms the major portion of the load
carried by streams. Usually only smaller particles such as clay and silt travel
in suspension, but during floods much larger particles are carried this way.
(iii) Bed Load: - The forward force of moving water acts more directly on the
larger grains at the bottom, pushing, rolling and sliding them along. Locally
the medium size material may travel partly by rolling as bed load and partly
in suspension.
The velocity of a stream is affected by a number of factors, including
gradient, channel size and shape, load and discharge. The increase of velocity
increases the transporting power of a river as much as the 6th power of the
velocity.
Transportation Power ∝ V6
It means that during floods the transporting power of a stream suddenly rises very
much and it becomes capable of moving big boulders which would otherwise
remain quite immovable.
Deposition of Minerals in River Bed: - The loose rock materials transported
by a stream downstream are deposited where the velocity of flowing water is
reduced. The sorting of materials takes place automatically as the large and
heavier particles settle quickly while the smaller and lighter ones continue
their journey further ahead.
Sedimentation:- In the geological sciences, is a process of deposition of a
solid material from a state of suspension or solution in a fluid (usually air or
water). Broadly defined it also includes deposits from glacial ice and those
materials collected under the impetus of gravity alone, as in talus deposits, or
accumulations of rock debris at the base of cliffs. The term is commonly used
as a synonym for sedimentary petrology and sedimentology.
Sedimentation is generally considered by geologists in terms of the textures,
structures, and fossil content of the deposits lay down in different geographic and
geomorphic environments.
The factors which affects the "Computation of Sediment":
a) Geomorphology: The following geomorphic units plays important Role.
There are 4 unite of the area.
(a).1 Siwalik Hills:
The Saharanpur region is bounded in the north by foothills forming southern
fringe of roughly east-west trending Himalayas. This unit shows high relief and
the deep incised drainage with steep and sharp hill slopes. These hill are
characterized by rugged topography and varied lithology, mainly comprising
sandstones, clay-stones, conglomerates, sands, clays and silts. These hills are
affected by many major and minor faults (Barthwal, 1996). The Himalayan
Frontal Fault- a thrust separates granular sediments from relatively older rocks of
Siwaliks at their south margin.
(a).2 Upper Piedmont (Bhabhar):

This geomorphologic unit lies just south of the Siwalik hills and is locally called
as „Bhabhar‟. The Bhabhar is characterized by presence of coarse gravel
(boulders, pebble and cobbles etc.) which are relatively dry sedimentary deposits
fringing the Siwaliks foot hills towards southwest. Geologically, the term
Bhabhar is employed to describe the deposits formed along the foot hill zone by
coalescence of series of alluvial cones and fans.
(a).3 Lower Piedmont (tarai Zone):
The Lower Piedmont, locally known as „Tarai‟ is characterized by sedimentary

deposits consisting of mixture of sand and clay along with the occasional gravels.
This zone has shallow water table. This zone has a plain surface mildly sloping
towards south with a gradient of around 1.2m/km. The boundary between the
Tarai and the Bhabhar zone is demarcated by presence of springs forming a linear
pattern, commonly known as „spring line‟. The Tarai zone shows flat to gently
undulating plains with mild gradients towards south-west and is also
characterized by the coalescing alluvial fans.
(a).4 Alluvial Plain:
This unit, also called as Axial Belt, is demarcated in northeast by the termination
of alluvial fans which grade further down slope into vast alluvial plains. This
plain is composed of alternations of sand, silt and clays, occasionally containing
gravels. The sediments deposited in the plains can be divided into older alluvial
plain and the Younger alluvial plain.
The older alluvium shows flat undulating topography and was deposited by river
Hindon and its tributaries and is found to be present in southern part of the
district covering Deoband town etc.
The Younger alluvial plain is found along the beds of river channels and is
comprised of coarse grained alluvial deposits of varying lithology (medium to
coarse sands) and is characterized by presence of fluvial land forms like point
bars, palaeochannels and meanders. This is mainly encountered in the western
part of the district mainly Nakur town.
Figure 2-3: Geomorphology Map of Saharanpur District
(d) Drainage System/Pattern of the area Drainage Density =1021.641 Sq. m in
Yamuna River.
Replenishment of sand in river bed:
=Basin Area× Drainage System/Pattern of the area
= 340.00×1021.641 =347357.94 Sq. m
= 347358 Sq. m = 34.7358 ha (Area is annual refill by the sand)
=10, 42,074 in cum
2.5.2 Details of Exploration

Mining of Sand/Morrum/Bajari is being done since long time. No specific method
of exploration is required as the river borne sediments are deposited all along the
river bed and are very well exposed on the surface. Moreover, these sediments are
accumulated /replenished every year during rainy season by river waters to almost
more than extracted level depending on the intensity of rains on the upstream side.
Adequate quantity of Sand/Morrum/Bajari in mixed state reserves is available to
meet the market demand. There is no possibility of any other mineral to be found
in the area. Raw material required along with estimated quantity, likely source,
marketing and of final products, mode of transportation of raw material and
finished products.
2.5.3 Method of Estimation of Reserve

This is the freshly allotted area for mining of river Sand/Morrum/Bajari minor
mineral. The area of proposed mining for five years is selected as per the
provision made in the U.P. Minor Mineral Concession Rules, 1963 and its
amendment 2013 under Rule 34 and guideline contained in the river bed mining
policy and land form studies. As per the LOI, the following special conditions
shall be applicable for excavation of minor mineral from river bed in order to
ensure safety of river beds, structure and the adjoining areas: -
 The maximum depth of Sand/Morrum/Bajari quarrying in the river bed shall not
exceed 3 meters measured from the un-mined bed level at any point of time or the
water table whichever is less.
 The quarrying of Sand/Morrum/Bajari shall be prohibited within 300 m on both

sides of any railway bridge or any bridge falling under any National
Highway/State Highway and shall be prohibited 100 m of both sides of any other
bridge.
 No quarrying shall be permitted within 50 meters of any public place i.e.

cremation ghat or any religious place etc.
 No quarrying shall be permitted within 5 meters from both banks of the river.
 The quarrying of Sand/Morrum/Bajari shall be prohibited within 100 meters

upstream and downstream from any dam/weir or any other structure erected for
irrigation purpose.
 No quarrying shall be permitted within 46 meters distance from Flood control

embankments. The quarrying shall be restricted up to a depth of 1.80 meters
within 46 meters to 61 meters distance from the said embankments and shall be
further restricted up to a depth of 2.40 meters within 61 meters to 91 meters
distance from the above said embankments.
2.5.4 Geological reserves

The total mineable reserves as estimated within the five Years lease are 9, 47,368
cum per annum. The river Sand/Morrum/Bajari so extracted will be replenished
every year after monsoon. The extractable reserves will be realized after leaving
out 6.31% as blocked area in order to protect the river banks. The mining will be
done only up to a depth of 3 m.
These reserves were given in Table 2-4.

EIA/EMP REPORT FOR RIVER SAND (MINOR MINERAL) MINING PROJECT FOR RIVER YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA
BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Table 2-4: Category wise Reserves

Coordinate Blocked
Total area of Geological
Proved 6.31% Reserves in
Five maximu Geological blocked in Blocked Mineable
Name of Years m depth Reveres 7.5m Area(in Replenishe Reserves
Sr. Name of
the Ghats/ lease (in m) = Statuary cum) d 60.00% of
No. River Latitude Longitude
Village area area*Depth barrier five (UNFC 66.00 % geological
Pillar (N) (E)
In sqm (UNFC Years lease Code Geological reserve(in cum)
No.
code 111) Boundary 211*222) Reserves
(in cum) etc.= (in (in cum)
sqm)
(YAMUNA RIVER BED)
A 30° 4'28.04"N 77°22'9.18"E
B 30° 4'36.18"N 77°22'15.00"E
C 30° 4'41.64"N 77°22'19.94"E
D 30° 4'59.29"N 77°22'20.83"E
E 30° 5'14.23"N 77°22'34.35"E
F 30° 5'0.63"N 77°22'45.89"E
Dariya G 30° 4'58.54"N 77°22'44.21"E 3 10,42,074
1.
Baramad YAMUNA H 30° 4'56.52"N 77°22'39.54"E 5,26,300 15,78,900 33,200 99,600 9,47,368
RIVER I 30° 4'52.24"N 77°22'36.20"E
J 30° 4'45.77"N 77°22'33.24"E
K 30° 4'40.15"N 77°22'29.09"E
L 30° 4'30.49"N 77°22'20.07"E
M 30° 4'22.82"N 77°22'15.45"E

DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.5.5 Reserve as per UNFC System

Total Mineable Reserves = (Proved) reserves
= 9, 47,368 cum
The mineral reserves are computed as per UNFC. The reserves are as follows:
Table 2-5: Reserves as per UNFC Classification

Total Mineral Resources (A+B) Code Reserves
A. Mineral Reserves
1. Proved Mineral Reserves 111 9,47,368 cum
2. Probable Mineral Reserves 121 & 122 Nil
B. Remaining Mineral
1. Feasibility Mineral Resources 211 Nil
2. Prefeasibility Mineral Resources 221 & 222 Nil
3. Measured Mineral Resources 331 Nil
4. Indicated Mineral Resources 332 Nil
5. Inferred Mineral Resources 333 Nil
6. Reconnaissance Mineral Resources 334 Nil
2.5.6 Life of Mine

The area for Sand/Morrum/Bajri (minor minerals) has been consented for a period
of five Years from the date of grant of lease. Accordingly, it is proposed to
produce 9, 47,368 cum per annum Sand/Morrum/Bajri (minor minerals) within
five Years lease period. So, the anticipated life of mine will be five Years.
2.6 Mineral Beneficiation

The river Sand/Morrum/Bajari will be used as building construction material so
no mineral beneficiation is required.

YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-4: Surface Geological Plan and Sections of the ML Area

PRADESH PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.7 Project Description with process details and infrastructure facilities
2.7.1 Method for developing and working the deposits

The Mining will be carried out as per new Sand Policy by U.P. Government. Only
dry Sand/Morrum/Bajari will be transported. The river Sand/Morrum/Bajari
deposited as the river bed material will be exploited in its natural form by semi-
mechanized open cast method.
2.7.2 Present and Proposed Method of Mining

The area allotted is for a period of five Years in Yamuna River. Allotted area
consists of 52.63 ha area of Gata No./ Khand No./ Zone No.- 1/1 in Dariya
Baramad village. Mining will be done in leaving safety distance form bank and
stream for river bed blocks around the applied area.
Mining is proposed by Opencast Semi-Mechanized method of mining. The river
Sand/Morrum/Bajari mining will be done manually by using excavator. The river
Sand/Morrum/Bajari will be excavated by light weight Scrapper by formation of
benches & it will be directly loaded into Dumpers & Trucks for dispatch to
nearby merket. The maximum depth of working shall not be more than 3m from
the river bed Mining activities will be carried out in a manner, so that there is no
obstruction to the flow of water, during rainy season. Movement of trippers and
trucks after river Sand/Morrum/Bajari loading will be towards both sides through
approach roads connecting to tar roads. No processing of river
Sand/Morrum/Bajari will be done.
 Mining will be confined within central of the river. This will prevent collapse
of bank and erosion.
 Mining will be done leaving 60.00% of the total area as safety zone from the
banks for bank protection.
 Excavated area will be replenished naturally due to sediment inflow from the
catchment area.

 The maximum depth of Sand/Morrum/Bajari quarrying in the river bed shall
not exceed 3 meters measured from the un-mined bed level at any point of
time or the water table whichever is less.
2.7.3 Proposed Mode of Working

It is proposed to produce 9,47,368 cum per annum Sand/Morrum/ Bajari (minor
minerals) within five Years, for this, following consideration taken for the
proposed mine layout to be carried out systematically & scientifically.
Mining activity will be carried out by open cast Semi-mechanized method.
 Light weight excavators will be used for digging & loading of mineral in
Dumpers & Trucks.
 No Over Burden and waste material will be produced.
 No drilling and blasting is required as the material is loose in nature.
 Proper benching of 1.0 m height and 10 m width will be maintained.
 Roads will be properly made and sprayed by water for suppression of dust.
 Roads in the 5 Years lease area for the movement of loaded trippers/ trucks
will not have slopes more than 1 in 10.
 Extraction activities will start in the blocks from the upstream side to
downstream side. This will not obstruct the movement of water, if any, during
monsoon period in the river course.
 Approach roads from the various blocks as already described earlier will be
merging with permanent tar roads on both sides of the river for transportation
of the mineral to final destinations.
Year wise production details of mineral and waste is given in Table 2-6.
Table 2-6: Year wise Production of Mineral and Waste
Year Total Lease Mineable Mineable

area Lease area Depth (m) mineral
In sqm In sqm In cum
1st Year 5,26,300 3,15,789 3 9,47,368
2nd Year 5,26,300 3,15,789 3 9,47,368
3rd Year 5,26,300 3,15,789 3 9,47,368
4th Year 5,26,300 3,15,789 3 9,47,368
5th Year 5,26,300 3,15,789 3 9,47,368
Total 47,36,840
2.7.4 Open Cast Mining/ Bench Parameters

The mining will be done by open cast manual mining method and sand will be
excavated in layers up to a depth of 3.0 m. As per Uttar Pradesh minor mineral
Concession, Rules, 1963 and as amended Rules 2004, validity of mining is 5
years from the date of execution of lease.
2.7.5 Salient Features of Mining Method

The salient features of proposed mining method are:-
1. The maximum depth of Sand/Morrum/Bajari quarrying in the river bed shall not
2. The quarrying of Sand/Morrum/Bajari shall be prohibited within 300 m on both

bridge.
3. No quarrying shall be permitted within 50 meters of any public place i.e.

4. No quarrying shall be permitted within 5 meters from both banks of the river.
5. The quarrying of Sand/Morrum/Bajari shall be prohibited within 100 meters

irrigation purpose.
6. The schematic Boulder, Gravel, and Sand process of mining is shown in Figure
2-5.

Figure 2-5: Process flow chart of mining Method
2.8 Extent of Opencast Mechanized

Table 2-7: Extent of Opencast Mechanized
Activities Manual/Mechanized
Excavation Manual/ Scrapper
Loading of Mineral Manual/ Scrapper
Transportation of mineral to end user Dumper
2.9 Specification of Machinery Proposed

The mining machineries to be used in proposed mining operation is given below
in Table 2-8.
Table 2-8: List of Machinery Proposed to be used
S.No. Machine Make Capacity No. of Machines
3
1. Scrapper Scrapper 0.9 m 5
3. Dumper/Trucks Ashok Leyland 25 Tonne 40
4. Water Tanker - 4000 liters 3
5. Light vehicles - - 5
6. Maintenance Van - - 3
2.10 Solid Waste Disposal (Top Soil/OB)

This is a river sand mining project the sand will be replenished every year during
the rainy season, mining will not disturb the top soil of the surrounding area and
there is no top soil layer on the river bed and recovery of mineral sand is taken as
100% of total excavation so there no waste and overburden waste generated.
2.11 Precaution proposed

The depth of excavation of mineral will not exceed nine 3.0 m at any point. A
barrier of 7.5 m width but not less than depth of pit will be left from the mining
area boundary. Manual mining will be done as per directives of National Green
Tribunal (NGT).
2.12 Water Requirement and Wastewater Generation

The daily water demand for the project is estimated to be 9.58 KLD. It will be
procured from nearby local Govt. body. The detailed breakup of the water
requirement is given below in Figure 2-6 and Table 2-9.
Daily Water Demand 9.58 KLD
Dust Suppression / Water Sprinkling

Domestic Purpose 3.2 KLD Greenbelt / Plantation
0.88 KLD 5.5 KLD
Figure 2-6: Water Balance Diagram

Table 2-9: Break –UP of Water Requirement
Total Water
Sr. No. Usage Basis
Requirement
52 workers in mine, 5 LPD drinking
water requirement per person as per
Mines Act hence for drinking purpose
total water requirement is 260 LPD, 12
LPD water for 52 people for sanitation
1. Domestic Purpose purpose hence water requirement for 0.88 KLD
sanitation 624 LPD. So total water
requirement for domestic purpose
comes out to be 884 LPD hence
approximately 0.88 KLD domestic
water requirement
Haul road has an area of 1646 m.
Considering the atmospheric condition
and type of soil, water requirement is
taken as 2 L/m. Hence total water
requirement comes out to be 3292 LPD
2. Dust Suppression 3.2 KLD
(3.2 KLD) for water sprinkling two
time. Water sprinkling will be done
twice a haul road & onetime
overburden in a day using 5000 L
tanker.
2.0 LPD of water is considered while
calculating daily water requirement per
plant keeping soil and atmospheric
conditions in mind, hence for 2,777
trees proposed for plantation per year,
total requirement comes out 2,777 X
2.0 LPD equals to 5.5 KLD This water
3. Greenbelt Development 5.5 KLD
requirement will increase every year as
approximately 2,777 trees will be
planted every year.
*The additional water requirement
every year as per the increased
plantation will be taken from the rain
water harvested ponds.
Total - 9.58 KLD
2.12.1 Wastewater Generation
No process wastewater will be generated during the mining operation; all the
domestic wastewater generated will be sent to septic tank followed by soak pit.
Water used for dust suppression will percolate naturally.
2.13 Power Requirement

There is no electricity proposed as the mining will be done during the day time
and the machinery proposed will be operated by the use of diesel. It is expected
that during peak of production approximately 4080 liter of diesel per day will be
consumed by all the machinery proposed for mining. Quantity of Diesel/Energy
fuel Consumption per day:
Table 2-10: List of Machinery Proposed to be used
Machine Details of Diesel requirements Consumption of
S. No.
Diesel (in Ltr.)
1. Diesel consumption 12 ltr / hr working 480
Scrapper
of 8 hrs diesel consumption 12 x 8 x 5
3. (Considering diesel consumption by the 960
Dumper/Trucks dumper is 3 km / Ltr.)
Total Diesel consumption 40 Dumper 3 x
8 x 40
4. Water Tanker Diesel consumption 30 Ltr/ Hour x 8 x 3 720
5. Light vehicles Diesel consumption 30 Ltr/ Hour x 8 x 5 1200
6. Maintenance Diesel consumption 30 Ltr/ Hour x 8 x 3 720

Van
Tot al Diesel requirements per day 4080
2.14 Employment Details

The total manpower required for the mining activity will be 52. Preference for
employment will be given to local workers. Staff & workers proposed to be
employed are given in Table 2-11.
Table 2-11: Manpower Requirement
1. Mining Engineer 1
2. Supervisor 1
3. Skilled Workers 10
4. Semi-Skilled Workers 40
Total 52
2.15 Site Services

 Mine office & First Aid Station - An office – cum –store will be constructed
in the statutory boundary; first aid box with all necessary materials will be
kept in the mine office.
 Tool store – Tool store will be constructed in the mine boundary.
 Rest Shelter - Temporary Rest Shelter will be made available.
 Drinking water facility - The drinking water will be made available from the
nearby local Govt. body. The quality of water will be reportedly potable.
 Adequate lighting arrangements: Single shift working during day time is
proposed, yet adequate lighting arrangements will be made at quarry face and
haulage roads as per statutory norms.
 Storage of machinery, tools, oil and grease.
 Toilets: The toilet facility will be proposed for the better sanitary condition of
the workers employed in Mining area.
 All the above facilities will be within the lease area.
2.16 Surface Drainage Pattern

The highest elevation is 229.116 mRL and lowest elevation of 214.259 mRL in
core zone. The highest elevation of 269.00 mRL and lowest elevation of 202.00
mRL in buffer zone.
The drainage of the lease area is towards NE direction to its natural slope. The
general topography of the area is gently sloping towards river Yamuna.
The drainage of the lease area is towards more prominently in the NE direction.
The physiography of the mine lease area and study area is presented in Figure 2-
7 respectively.
Figure 2-7: Physiography of the study area

2.17 Planning Brief
1) Planning Concept (type of industries, facilities, Transportation etc.) Town

and Planning / Development authority classification
In order to facilitate augmentation of material supply (minerals) to various
consumers in states of India, an analysis of the infrastructure requirements has
been carried out and based on such analysis; it is decided to create suitable
infrastructure facilities (network) to facilitate transportation of minerals or raw
materials from the point of demand to points of supply. The mining is planned by
M/s. Prime Vision Industries (P) Limited, Saharanpur and is in process of
establishing network all over the states to take care of future demand supply gap
to fulfill the requirement of various consumers throughout the state. The details
regarding transportation facility is given below:
2.17.1 Transportation
2.17.1.1 Traffic Density Survey

The traffic study was carried out on Kaccha Road (Mine site to NH-73) & on
National Highway - 73 which is ~ 1.42 Km, in NW direction. The main objective
of the survey is to characterize the type, category and number of vehicles plying
on the road.
2.17.1.2 Methodology of Vehicle Count

The vehicle plying on road in both the directions were counted continuously for
24 hours. The vehicles were counted every hour and stipulated by Indian Road
Congress (IRC). The vehicles were counted every hour and stipulated by Indian
Road Congress (IRC).
The loaded & unloaded dumpers / trucks will move on the National Highway for
the further transportation of minerals from the lease area to other places of
demand for the Sand/ Morrum/Bajari. Keeping in view that, the movement of
trucks / dumpers may increase the traffic density of the nearest National Highway.
A traffic Study on the present traffic scenario have been made to measure the
increase PCU/hr.
Traffic study measurements were performed at two locations on Kaccha Road
(Mine site to NH-73) & National Highway- 73 respectively to assess impact on

local transport infrastructure due to this mining project. The traffic volume at the
location is summarized as per the categorization and given in Table 2-12 & Table
2-13.
Table 2-12: Existing Passenger Car Unit (PCU) on Kaccha Road (Mine site to NH-73)
Number of
S. PCU Total Number of
Vehicles Vehicles
No. Factor Vehicle in PCU
Distribution/Day
1. Cycle 20 0.50 10
Two Wheelers (Motor Cycle
2. 15 0.50 7.5
or Scooter)
Four Wheelers (Passenger
3. Car, Pick Up, Van Or Auto 25 1.00 25
Rickshaw Cars)
4. Truck or Bus 30 3.0 90
Heavy Vehicles
5. 25 4.50 112.5
(Truck trailer)
6. Tractor 50 4.50 225
7. Bullock Cart - 8.00 -
Total 165 - 470
Table 2-13: Existing Passenger Car Unit (PCU) on National Highway- 73

Number of
S. PCU Total Number of
Vehicles Vehicles
No. Factor Vehicle in PCU
Distribution/Day
1. Cycle 15 0.50 7.5
Two Wheelers (Motor Cycle
2. 200 0.50 100
or Scooter)
Rickshaw Cars)
4. Truck or Bus 300 3.0 900
Heavy Vehicles (Truck
5. 280 4.50 1,260
trailer)
6. Tractor 350 4.50 1,575
Total 1,495 - 4,192
2.17.2 Post project Increase in Traffic Density
Post Project incremental Passenger Car Units (PCU) on Kaccha Road (Mine site
to NH-73) & National Highway-73 are given in Table 2-14 & Table 2-15.
Table 2-14: Proposed Passenger Car Unit on Kaccha Road (Mine site to NH-73)
Number of Vehicles Total Number of
S. Distribution/Day Vehicle in PCU
Vehicles PCU
No.
National Highway National Highway
1. Cycle 15 0.50 7.5
Two Wheelers (Motor
2. 20 0.50 10
Cycle or Scooter)
3. Car, Pick Up, Van Or 25 1.00 25
Auto Rickshaw Cars)
4. Truck or Bus 25 3.0 75
Heavy Vehicles
5. 20 4.50 90
(Truck trailer)
6. Tractor 30 4.50 135
7. Bullock Cart - 8.00
Total 135 342.5
Table 2-15: Proposed Passenger Car Unit on National Highway-73

Number of Vehicles Total Number of
S. Distribution/Day Vehicle in PCU
Vehicles PCU
No.
National Highway National Highway
1. Cycle 10 0.50 5
Two Wheelers (Motor
2. 80 0.50 40
Cycle or Scooter)
Rickshaw Cars)
4. Truck or Bus 200 3.0 600
Heavy Vehicles (Truck
5. 120 4.50 540
trailer)
6. Tractor 250 4.50 1125
Total 810 2,460
2.17.3 Carrying Capacity of the Roads
Post project PCU will be 812.5 (470 – Existing + 342.5) on Kaccha Road (Mine
site to NH-73), on National Highway- 73 (4,192 - Existing + 2,460) 6,652 from
Table 2-16 it can be clearly stated that the road used for carrying mineral to the
end users is capable of handling the additional load due to mining activities.
Table 2-16: Carrying Capacity of Roads
Vol. of vehicle in Capacity of Roads in
Project site to NH
PCU/day PCU/day
Kaccha Road
812.5 2000
(Mine site to NH-73)
National Highway-73 6,652 15,000
V/C LOS Performance

0.0-0.2 A Excellent
0.2-0.4 B Very Good
0.4-0.6 C Good/ Average/ Fair
0.6-0.8 D Poor
0.8-0.10 E Very Poor
Note: Capacity as per IRC: 64-1990
Conclusion
Not much impact will be there on the local transport as LOS value from the proposed mine
to NH-73 is 812.5/2000=0.40 will be “Very Good” (LOS value is “B”) and for NH-73 is
6652/15000=0.44 will be “Average” (LOS value is “C”). So, the additional load on the
carrying capacity of the concern roads is not likely to have any significant adverse effect.
Figure 2-8(A): Road Transportation Map mine site to National Highway-73

Figure 2-8(B): Road Transportation Map mine site to National Highway-73
2.18 Groundwater
The proposed mining in the next five years is proposed to be carried out to a depth
of 3 m. The groundwater table in the region varies from 9-13 m, hence at any point
of time; mine working will not intersect the groundwater table. Schematic diagram
showing mine working and depth of water table is given as Figure 2-9.
Figure 2-9: Schematic Diagram of Mine Working

2) Population Projection
There will be population increase due to mining activities carried out and
infrastructure to be developed in the vicinity of the mining area through
employment, market, business etc.
3) Land Uses Planning

The mining of sand will be done all over the area up to the depth of 3 m. At the
conceptual stage, the area will achieve its present state as the sediments in the area
will be replenished every year during monsoon season.

Table 2-9: Landuse Pattern at Conceptual Stage
Type of Land Use Existing in End of five years in
S.
River bed River bed
No.
(in Hectares) (in Hectares)
River bed area 49.31
1. 49.31
Infrastructure (road) 00.00

2. 00.00
Agriculture 00.00
3. 00.00
Plantation 17.3679*(Plantation
4. 00.00
will be carried outside
the lease area)
Habitation 00.00
5. 00.00
Soil dump 00.00

6. 00.00
OB dump 00.00
7. 00.00
Blocked area of 6.31% 3.32

8. 3.32
blocked in 7.5m Statuary
barrier five Years lease
Boundary etc.= (in sqm)
Total 52.63 52.63
Conceptual Plan for the same is enclosed as Plate-6 of Approved Mine Plan.
2.19 Assessment of infrastructure Demand (Physical & Social)

Not Applicable
Amenities / Facilities
Facilities for health to the mine workers, water supply, market, sanitary,
communication and recreational facilities as practicable will be provided during the
operation phase of the project to make the life more comfortable and adaptive.
2.20 Proposed Infrastructure
(1) Industrial Area (Processing area)
Not applicable
(2) Residential Area (Non-processing Area)
Not Applicable
(3) Greenbelt
Plantation will be carried out with locally available species as per the norms to
compensate the cutting of trees in the mining lease area as per the forest
conservation Act 1980.
(4) Uttar Pradesh is one of the leading states in terms of labour productivity and a
large proportion of the state is engased in running owned business. The state govt.
is committed to providing better education, training and healthcare to the
population.
Education: In Uttar Pradesh the literacy rate is increased as per census 2011. It is
also home to premier educational and research institutions of India.
Health: Public health services are available to the population in all over the Uttar
Pradesh state.
(5) Connectivity (Traffic and transportation Road/rail/ metro/ water ways etc.)
It is intended to make maximum use of the existing infrastructure and augment /
strengthen existing roads, wherever required. Hence no major changes are
envisaged due to this mining activity.
(6) Drinking Water management (Sources & supply of water)
Drinking water will be supplied to the workers by providing water supply through
road tankers and available nearby sources.
(7) Sewage System
Toilets will be connected to septic tank & soak pits for disposal of human waste
during operational phases of the mining.
(8) Industrial Waste Management
Not Applicable
(9) Solid Waste Management
Solid waste generated from the campsite and other wastes like plastics, papers,
cardboards etc. will be properly collected, segregated and reused disposed-off
appropriately. Overburden will be collected separately and stored at a designated
place will all safety and precautions to avoid any erosion or runoff.
(10) Power Requirement and supply / source
There is no electricity proposed as the mining will be done during the day time
and the machinery proposed will be operated by the use of diesel.
2.21 Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) plan (policy to be adopted (central /

state) in respect of the project affected persons including home ouster’s,
Land ouster’s and less labourers, a brief outline to be given)
Not applicable, there is no displacement or resettlement involved.
2.22 Project Cost

Project cost is Rs. 4.0 Crore/-
2.23 Project Implementation Schedule

Efforts are being made to obtain all the statutory permissions for the mine. The
commencement of production with capacity of 9, 47,368 cum will be soon after
obtaining Environmental Clearance and other statutory clearances (CTO) from
Uttar Pradesh Pollution Control Board (UPPCB).
There will be positive significant impact because of supply of minerals by establishing
distribution/supply and transportation network to the consumers which will help to
invite more industries to the region and also to the existing industries in the state.
Nearby there will be development of industrial growth and increase in economic
benefits in the region which will also help to enhance the economic growth of the
region & the country.
SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
3.1 Introduction
To assess the impacts of project activities on existing physical, biological and
social environment, it is necessary to study the present environmental status of the
area by collecting the information on following attributes:
 Land Environment
 Water Environment
 Air Environment
 Meteorology
 Noise Environment
 Biological Environment
 Socio-economic Environment
The relevant information and data (Both Primary & Secondary) was collected in
the core as well as buffer zone (10 km distance from the lease boundary) during
Summer Season (March, April, May) 2018 in accordance to the guidelines set up
for preparation of EIA studies. The samples collected were analyzed using in house
NABL Accredited Laboratory “Overseas Test House & Research Centre”, Jaipur.
Secondary data was collected from Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), State
Mines & Geology department, Central Ground water board, District Forest office,
Socio-Economic data was collected from Directorate of Census, Water Resource
department, District Statistical departments etc.
3.2 Study Area

The study area is taken in accordance with the provisions of sector specific EIA
guidance manual for Mining of Minerals manual, published by Ministry of
Environment and Forests, during 2010. The study area for the Sand/Morrum/ Bajari
Mining Project was as follows:
 The proposed project area (M. L. area) is considered as „Core Zone‟.
 10 km radius from the boundary limits of the M.L. area is considered as „Buffer
Zone‟.
The study area is entirely rural and falls in Village Dareya Baramad, Saharanpur
District of Uttar Pradesh State.

The environmental setting of the study area is given in Table 3-1,
Table 3-1: Environmental Setting of the Study Area
S. Particulars Details
No.
A. Nature of the Project River Sand / Morrum/Bajari Mining Project
2. Production Capacity 9,47,368 cum/Annum
C Location Details
5. Latitude & Longitude Pillars Latitude (N) Longitude (E)
A 30° 4'28.04" 77°22'9.18"
B 30° 4'36.18" 77°22'15.00"
C 30° 4'41.64" 77°22'19.94"
D 30° 4'59.29" 77°22'20.83"
E 30° 5'14.23" 77°22'34.35"
F 30° 5'0.63" 77°22'45.89"
G 30° 4'58.54" 77°22'44.21"
H 30° 4'56.52" 77°22'39.54"
I 30° 4'52.24" 77°22'36.20"
J 30° 4'45.77" 77°22'33.24"
K 30° 4'40.15" 77°22'29.09"
L 30° 4'30.49" 77°22'20.07"
M 30° 4'22.82" 77°22'15.45"
6. Toposheet No. 53F/8, 53G/5
D Environmental Settings of the Area
1. Ecological Sensitive S. No. P.F./R.F. Distance Direction
Areas 1
Kalanpur R.F 1.58 Km West
2
Tapu R.F 5.7 km NE
3
Sugh P.F 7.2 km NW
2. River / water body River/ water body Distance Direction
S. Particulars Details
No.
Yamuna River Within the lease area
Western Yamuna Canal 6.0 km NW
Budhi Nala 7.0 km SW
Kala Nala 6.35 km South
Budhi Yamuna River 8.0 km NE
3. Nearest Town / City Sarsawa – 6.90 km, SE from mine site.
4. Nearest Railway Sarsawa Railway Station – 7.60 km, SE from mine site.
Station
5. Nearest Airport Dehradun Airport is about 68.90 Km in NE direction from
mine site.
6. State Boundary No State boundary passes through the project site.
7. Seismic Zone Zone – II [as per IS 1893 (Part-I): 2002]
D Cost Details
1. Project Cost Rs. 4.0 Crore/-
E Requirements of the Project
1. Water Requirement 9.58 KLD
2. Fuel requirement 4080 LPD
3. Man Power 52 ( Skilled and unskilled persons)
Requirement
YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
Figure 3-1: Environment Setting of the Study Area

PROJECT FOR RIVER YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD
VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
3.3 Study Period

The baseline environmental quality represents the existing status of various
environmental components in the study area. As a part of Environmental Impact
Assessment Study, environmental monitoring was carried out for summer season
covering the months of (March, April, May) 2018.
3.4 Land Environment

Land Cover is the physical material at the surface of the earth (it includes grass,
asphalt, trees, bare ground, water etc.) whereas Land use is the human use of land.
Land Use involves the management and modification of natural environment or
wilderness into built environment such as fields, pastures and settlements. It has
also been defined as "the arrangements, activities and inputs people undertake in a
certain land cover type to produce, change or maintain it". Studies on land use
aspects of eco-system play an imperative role in identifying susceptible issues and
to take appropriate action to uphold ecological equilibrium in the region. The
main objective of this section is to provide a baseline status of the study area,
covering 10 km radius around the mining lease so that temporal changes due to
the mining activities on the surroundings could be assessed in future.
3.4.1 Objective of the Study

The objective of the land use study is given below:
 To develop land use & land cover map using land coordinates of the project
area.
 To identify, mark and classify important basic features as per the primary and
secondary data collected.
 To suggest measures for conservation and sustainable use of land.
3.4.2 Land Use Pattern of Mining Lease (Core Area)

The land as per revenue records is govt. waste land of 52.63 hectare.
The allotted lease area of mining is almost undulated river bed. There is no forest
or agriculture land in the allotted lease area. The entire allotted lease lies within
river Yamuna there will be no change in land use after operation. The river sand
will be replenished every year during the monsoon season. The ultimate land use

of the allotted lease area will not change. Existing land use of the core zone is
given in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2: Existing Land use pattern of the Core Zone
S. No. Particulars Present Land-use (ha.)
1. River bed area

49.31
2. Infrastructure (road)
00.00
3. Agriculture
00.00
4. Plantation
00.00
5. Habitation
00.00
6. Soil dump
00.00
7. OB dump
00.00
8. Blocked area of 6.31% blocked in 7.5 m

3.32
Statuary barrier five Years lease Boundary
etc.= (in sqm)
Total 52.63
3.4.3 Landuse of the Study Area
The total land of the study area is divided into different categories.
 Built-up Area
 Sand Dunes
 Shrub Rangeland
 Vegetation
 Barren Land
 Water Body
3.4.4 Methodology
The land use/land cover map of the study area has been prepared from using the
recent satellite Resourcesat-2, Sensor- LISS-III, image scene (DOP 25.03.2017)
downloaded from Bhuvan NRSC portal (www.bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in ) and processed
using GIS software supported with ground checks / ground truth verification.
Area and distance calculations have been carried out using GIS software after
geo-referencing and interpretation has been performed based on site information
acquired through ground survey with survey of India topographical maps of the
scale 1:50,000 and Google Earth explorer (Professional Version).
Geo Referencing of Topo Map
SoI Toposheet has been geo-referenced in geographic lat/long coordinate system

using DIP Software - ERDAS Imagine 2014, GIS Software- Arc GIS 10.3.1.
Base Map Layer Creation
Project site mine plan map, Google maps and geo-referenced Toposheet have
been used as a reference map for base layer creation. In base layer linear, polygon
and point features like roads, rail, canals, village locations and project site have
been created in vector data format. Base map layer information has been used for
analysis of surrounding features like roads, rail, and village locations near project
site activity through superimposing on thematic map for data integration. The land
use of the study area is given in Table 3-3 and shown in Figure 3-2.
Table 3-3: Existing Land use pattern of the Study Area
S. No. Legend Area(Sq. m) %(Area) Area (Hect.)
1 Open Land 7201817.3920 1.97 720.1817
2 Crop Land 301600571.9056 82.36 30160.0572
3 Water Bodies 918456.1659 0.25 91.8456
4 River/Canal 15138903.3484 4.13 1513.8903
5 Human Settlement 33181482.8764 9.06 3318.1483
6 Road 1673817.3328 0.46 167.3817
7 Railway Line 348198.5259 0.10 34.8199
8 Industrial Area 4376028.0071 1.20 437.6028
9 Forest Land 1748715.4329 0.48 174.8715
Total 366187990.9870 100.00 36618.7991
Figure 3-2: Land Use/ Land cover map of the Study Area

3.5 Topography and Drainage
3.5.1 Topography of the Study Area

Topographically, the allotted lease area of mining is almost undulated river bed.
mRL in buffer zone.
Topographical elevation of the core and buffer zone is given in Table 3-4.
Table 3-4: Topographical Elevation of the Core Zone and Buffer Zone
Elevation range (Core Zone) 229.116 – 214.259 mRL
Elevation Range (Buffer Zone) 269.00 – 202.00 m RL
Difference 14.857
Area 52.63 hect.
3.5.2 Drainage of Study Area

The drainage of the lease area is towards more prominently in the NE direction..
Drainage water will not cause any problem in this lease area. The drainage map is
shown as Figure3-3.

Figure3-3: Drainage map of the Study Area

3.6 Seismicity of the Study Area

Based on occurrence of earthquakes of different intensities, the Seismic Zoning
Map of India (IS 1893, 2001; BMTPC, 2006; NBC 2005) divides the country into 4
seismic zones as shown in Figure 3-4. Seismic Zone V is the highest risk zone
where earthquakes having intensity of IX+ on Modified Mercalli Intensity (MMI)
scale can take place. Earthquakes of intensities between VIII to IX can be
experienced in seismic Zone IV, whereas earthquakes can occur between VI and
VIII intensity in seismic Zone III.
The seismic hazard map of India was updated in 2000 by the Bureau of Indian
Standards (BIS). According to the new map, in the state of Uttar Pradesh, Zone IV
stretches across the length of the state.
The mine site as well as study area lies in Zone-IV of Seismic Zoning Map of Uttar
Pradesh, and thus can be said to be located in an area of Least Active damage risk
zone by national standards. Hence the risk of earthquake at the site is minimal and
so the site is safe. The Seismic Zone Map of Uttar Pradesh is shown in Figure 3-4.

Project site
At District:
Saharanpur (U.P)
SEISMIC ZONE -
IV
Figure 3-4: Seismic Map of Uttar Pradesh

The seismic zoning of Uttar Pradesh falls between zones III to IV i.e. moderate
damage risk zone and high damage risk zones. The districts of Saharanpur,
Muzaffarnagar, Bijnor, Moradabad, Meerut, Etah, Hardoi, Sitapur, Agra,
Mainpuri, Farukhabad, Unnao, Lucknow, Bara Banki, Rae Bareli, Sultanpur,
Faizabad, Azamgarh, Ballia, Pratapgarh, Jaunpur, Ghazipur, Varanasi and
Mirzapur lie in Zone IV. The districts of Etawah, Kanpur, Jalaun, Jhansi,
Harimpur, Banda, Fatehpur, Allahabad and Lalitpur lie in Zone III.
3.7 Soil Analysis

Soil may be defined as a thin layer of earth's crust which serves as a natural
medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has
been subjected to and influenced by genetic and environmental factors, such as,
parent material, climate, organism and physiochemical action of wind, water and
sun light an acting over a long period of time. Soil differs from the parent
materials in the morphological, physical, chemical and biological properties. Also
soils differ among themselves in some or all the properties depending on the
differences in the gothic and environmental factors.
3.7.1 Soil profile of Study area

The study on the soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics and identifies
the incremental concentrations if any. The soil characteristics include both
physical and chemical details; the soil quality monitoring was carried out by the
M/s Overseas Min-Tech Consultants, Jaipur to assess the soil characteristics of
the area. The sampling of soils was done at seven locations during the study
period.
3.7.2 Objectives
The objectives of the sampling are:
 To determine the baseline soil characteristics.
 To assess the impact on soil (pollutant deposition/other) in long run due to
proposed activity.
3.7.3 Soil Sampling Locations

Soil samples (7) were collected from the locations as given in Table 3-5 for
estimation of the physicochemical characteristics of soil. The samples were than
packed in polythene plastic bags and sealed. Air-dried and Sieved samples were
used for determination of physico-chemical properties of soil. Standard methods
were followed for the analysis of soil samples as per the analysis methodology is
given in Table 3-6.
Table 3-5: Soil Sampling Location
S. Area Sample GPS Distance Direction from Frequency
No. Description Code Coordinate from Mining
M.L. lease area
area(km)
A Mine Site SQ1 30° 4'28.04" - Core Zone

77°22'9.18"
B Village Lapra SQ2 30° 05'21.73" 2.00 km WNW
77°21'06.61"
C Village Binna SQ3 30° 03'17.87" 4.30 km SE
Kheri 77°24'35.02" Once during the
study period as
D Village SQ4 30° 06'06.88" 4.55 km NE
composite
Ghoran 77°25'09.36"
sampling
E Village Mandi SQ5 30° 05'59.08" 3.0 km NW
77°21'06.68"
F Village SQ6 30° 00'59.32" 7.20 km SSE
Sarsawa 77°24'01.07"
G Village SQ7 30° 03'46.50" 3.30 km SE
Haidarpur 77°24'10.39"
Table 3-6: Analysis Methodology of Soil Samples

S. No. Parameters Test Method
1. pH value IS : 2720 ( P-26, 1987)
2. Conductivity IS : 14767 – 2000 Reaffirmed 2006
3. Soil Texture USDA Method, 1968
4. Color USDA Method, 1968
5. Water Holding Capacity USDA Method, 1968
6. Bulk Density USDA Method, 1968
7. Chloride as (Cl) USDA Method, 1968
8. Calcium(as Ca) USDA Method, 1968
9. Sodium (as Na) USDA Method, 1968
10. Potassium (as K) USDA Method, 1968
11. Organic Matter IS : 2720 ( P-22, 1972)
12. Magnesium (as Mg) USDA Method, 1968
13. Available Nitrogen (as N) IS : 14684, 1999
14. Available Phosphorus USDA, APAH-4500 PC
15. Zinc (as Zn) APHA – 3030 D, APAH – 3111 B
16. Manganese (as Mn) APHA – 3030 D, APAH – 3111 B
17. Chromium ( Cr ) APHA – 3030 D, APAH – 3111 B
18. Lead ( as Pb) APHA – 3030 D, APAH – 3111 B
19. Cadmium (as Cd) APHA – 3030 D, APAH – 3111 B
20. Copper (as Cu) APHA – 3030 D, APAH – 3111 B
Soil Sampling at Village Lapra Soil Sampling at Village Mandi
Photograph 3-1: Soil Monitoring at various locations

Figure 3-5: Soil Sampling Location Map

3.7.4 Soil Analysis Results
The analysis results of the soils are given in Table 3-7.
Table 3-7: Physico-chemical characteristics of soils
Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7
P H 7.72 7.52 7.62 8.54 8.24 7.52 7.64
Conductivity mS/m 42.0 56.0 43.0 52.0 48.0 78.0 36.0
Moisture content % 2.34 5.56 4.52 3.52 4.52 3.42 3.36
WHC % 28.42 32.0 31.22 36.24 34.52 26.55 30.64
Specific Gravity - 2.56 2.50 2.52 2.46 2.52 2.52 2.48
Porosity % 33.33 30.64 34.12 31.70 34.12 30.95 29.26

Bulk density gm/ml 1.72 1.70 1.66 1.68 1.66 1.74 1.72
Available sodium kg/ha 198.52 318.0 244.24 252.36 112.36 192.34 175.26
Available kg/ha 114.24 152.0 158.24 164.0 88.54 132.46 124.36
potassium
Available calcium mg/100g 152.42 214.52 186.54 240.56 162.34 182.0 176.52
Available mg/100g 14.24 17.42 201.26 22.65 16.52 19.5.0 16.20
Magnesium
Nitrate Nitrogen % 0.032 0.036 0.044 0.042 0.044 0.038 0.038
Total Phosphate kg/ha 42.36 34.22 46.28 46.52 48.24 44.24 38.42
Cadmium Mg/kg 2.10 1.78 1.32 1.36 1.24 1.72 1.22

Copper Mg/kg 188.0 278.0 146.0 236 184.0 192.0 166
Lead Mg/kg 1.22 1.22 1.04 1.16 1.84 1.22 1.16
Manganese Mg/kg 2.36 2.78 3.22 2.18 1.62 1.18 1.10
Zinc Mg/kg 74.0 214.0 290 146 266 236.0 120
Iron Mg/kg 2256 1845 2156 1988 2784 2256 1842
Boron Mg/kg <0.5 0.82 <0.5 <0.5 1.24 1.22 <0.5
CEC (Cations Meq/100 18.52 24.52 18.52 16.52 18.52 15.22 16.42
exchange gm
Capacity)
Organic Carbone % 0.66 0.94 0.78 0.82 0.82 0.76 0.72
Available % 0.088 0.086 0.094 0.077 0.090 0.078 0.082
Nitrogen
Available Kg/ha 42.54 32.42 36.52 38.42 28.32 32.46 33.42
phosphorus
ESP % 3.45 3.52 5.24 3.54 4.52 5.22 4.22
(Exchangeable
Sodium
Percentage)
Texture Sandy Loam Clay
SAND % 54.26 58.24 48.52 47.38
45.62 58.42 56.26
Silt % 24.56 11.94 22.36 18.42
36.52 33.66 18.82
clay % 21.18 29.82 34.2
17.86 7.92 24.92
29.12
Table 3-8: Standard Soil Classification

S. Soil Test Classification
No.
1. pH <4.5 Extremely acidic

4.51- 5.00 Very strongly acidic
5.51-6.0 moderately acidic
6.01-6.50 slightly acidic
6.51-7.30 Neutral
7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline
7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline
8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline
9.01 very strongly alkaline
2. Salinity Electrical Conductivity Upto 1.00 Average

(mmhos/cm) (1mmho/cm = 640 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination
ppm)
2.01-3.00 harmful to crops
3. Organic Carbon (%) Upto 0.2: very less

0.21-0.4: less
0.41-0.5 medium,
0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient
0.81-1.00: sufficient
>1.0 more than sufficient
4. Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Upto 50 very less

51-100 less
101-150 good
151-300 Better
>300 sufficient
5. Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Upto 15 very less

16-30 less
31-50 medium,
51-65 on an average sufficient
66-80 sufficient
>80 more than sufficient

6. Potassium (Kg/ha) 0 -120 very less
120-180 less
181-240 medium
241-300 average
301-360 better
>360 more than sufficient
Source: ICAR (Indian Council for Agricultural Research)
3.7.5 Interpretation and Conclusion of Analysis results
Physical Properties of Soil
The soils of study area are predominantly Sandy loam followed by sandy clay
loam in texture. The soil samples S1 and S4 are sandy clay loam in texture
whereas soil samples S2, S3, S5, S6 and S7 are clay loam in texture. The soil
being of friable consistency, the bulk density of the soil is in the range of 1.66 to
1.74 g/cm3 whereas the porosity and water holding capacity are in the range of
28.42 to 36.24 % respectively. It was observed that the Values of bulk density,
porosity and water holding capacity varied according to the soil texture. Density
of soils was found to be in definite range as per the texture, porosity and water
holding capacity was found in marginal range rather poor water holding capacity
as per the texture.
3.7.6 Suggested Action Plan

To improve production capacity of soil, proper seed selection, proper crop
selection, use of fertilizers need to be done.
3.8 Meteorology
The climate in the region showed broadly four seasonal variations, namely:
Winter: December - February
Summer: March – May
Monsoon: June - September
Post-monsoon: October - November
Information presented in subsequent paragraphs is from the Indian Meteorological
Department (IMD), Long Term Climatological Tables, 1971-2000, Roorkee.
These tables give useful information about a region‟s weather, since it was
collected over a period of 30 years.
3.8.1 Long Term Meteorology of Roorkee District – Secondary Data (1971 – 2000)
Temperature
The month from March to May are considered as hottest with increase in
temperatures. May is generally the hottest month with a mean daily maximum
temperature of about 38.1°C and mean daily minimum of about 21.8°C. The
weather is intensely hot in summer and on some days; the day temperature may
reach up to 42.8°C. The highest temperature recorded at Roorkee is 47.4°C on
22th May 1978. From November, both day and night temperatures start decreasing
rapidly. January is generally the coldest month with the mean daily maximum
temperature at about 21.8°C and mean daily minimum at about 6.0°C. Minimum
temperature sometimes drops down to subzero temperatures and the lowest
temperature recorded at Seoni was -2.2°C on 02nd February1905.
Wind
Long- term wind direction data is presented in Table 3-9, and indicates that the
predominant wind during the study period (March, April, May) is NW at daytime
and wind direction is observed to be from NW & SE directions at evening.
Table 3-9: Predominant Wind Direction as per IMD Roorkee
Predominant First Predominant Second Predominant Third Predominant
Wind Direction Wind Direction wind Direction wind Direction
Month Morning Evening Morning Evening Morning Evening
January CALM CALM NW NW W W

February CALM CALM NW NW SE SE
March CALM CALM NW NW SE SE
April CALM NW NW CALM SE W
May CALM CALM SE NW NW SE
June CALM CALM SE NW NW SE
July CALM CALM SE SE NW NW
August CALM CALM SE SE NW NW
September CALM CALM SE SE NW NW
October CALM CALM SE NW NW SE
November CALM CALM NW NW E W
December CALM CALM NW NW W W
Source: IMD Roorkee
Rainfall
As per IMD station at Roorkee the rainfall in region was observed to be 1022.9
mm in a year, bulk of rainfall was received in monsoon months from June to
September. Maximum cloud cover was observed in the months of June to
September.
Relative Humidity
Most humid conditions was found in the monsoons, followed by post-monsoons,

winter and summer in that order. Mornings were more humid than evenings and
humidity ranged from a high of 30-39% in monsoon mornings to a low of 47-68%
in summer evenings.
3.8.2 Site Specific Meteorology – Primary Data
Baseline meteorological data representing the summer season 2018 (March, April,
May) was collected near project site. The parameters for which data collected are:
 Wind Speed
 Wind direction
 Temperature
 Rainfall
Baseline Meteorological Data

Meteorological data showed that the average wind speed during the study period
was observed to be 2.88 m/sec. Wind rose diagram prepared for study period is
shown as Figure 3-6. It was observed that during study period wind blows mostly
from NW & SE direction. Mean average temperature recorded during study
period was 34.6°C with mean maximum temperature of 45.6°C and mean
minimum of 25.5°C. The data obtained during the study period was compiled to
obtain average data. Compiled mean meteorological data is represented in Table
3-10.
Table 3-10: Mean Meteorological Data for Summer Season of 2018
Wind Speed Temperature Wind Cloud Cover Rainfall
Time
m/sec °C Direction Oktas mm
2.1
1 29.3 NW 0 0
2.2 NW
2 30.1 0 0
2.9 NW
3 25.5 0 0
2.2 NW
4 35.2 0 0
0.6
5 34.2 NW 0 0
1.4
6 42.3 NW 0 0
0.8
7 32.8 NW 0 0
1.2
8 34.2 SE 0 0
2.1
9 40.2 SE 0 0
Wind Speed Temperature Wind Cloud Cover Rainfall
Time
m/sec °C Direction Oktas mm
2.8
10 33.4 SE 0 0
3.4
11 45.6 SE 0 0
3.2 SE
12 37.1 0 0
2.8 W
13 32.2 0 0
5
14 39.1 W 0 0
3.2
15 35.5 W 0 0
3.5
16 41.0 NE 0 0
5.8
17 34.2 NE 0 0
2.4
18 32.3 E 0 0
2.9 E
19 38.1 0 0
4.6 NW
20 36.3 0 0
3.4
21 35.2 CALM 0 0
5.1
22 29.4 CALM 0 0
2.4
23 27.2 CALM 0 0
3.1
24 31.1 CALM 0 0
Average/
2.88 34.6 NW 0 0
Predominant
Figure 3-6: Wind Rose Diagram
On comparing the baseline data collected with the long term meteorological data
it was observed that during the monitoring season, the predominant wind direction
was NW and the same was observed from long term data. The mean average
temperature recorded during the monitoring season was at par with the long term
data. Also minimal rainfall was recorded during the study period and the same is
reflected in the long term meteorological data.
3.8.3 Ambient Air Quality
In order to assess the background air quality data and also to represent the
interference from various local activities, screening technique used for
identification of air quality stations in the study area. Ambient air quality of the
study area was assessed through a network of seven ambient air quality
monitoring stations to represent whole study area including the M.L. area with at
least one monitoring location in downwind and two in up wind direction.
Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in summer season (March, April,
May) 2018.
3.8.4 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location

The baseline status of the air quality in the study area was assessed though a
scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The selection of
monitoring network was based on the following aspects:
 Predominant wind direction in the study area
 Topography / terrain of the study area.
 Populated area within the study area.
 Residential and sensitive areas within the study area.
 Magnitude of the surrounding industries.
 Representation of regional background levels.
The monitoring locations are given in Table 3-11, and also shown in Figure 3-7.
Table 3-11: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
S. Area GPS Station Distance Directio Rational for Frequency

No. Description Coordinates Code from n from Selection of
Mining M.L. monitoring
lease area area Location
A Mine Site 30° 4'28.04" AAQM1 - Core Core area
77°22'9.18" Zone
B Village Lapra 30° 05'21.73" AAQM2 2.00 km WNW  Nearest village
77°21'06.61" The sampling
was done
C Village 30° 03'17.87" AAQM3 4.30 km SE  Buffer Zone continuously
Binna Kheri 77°24'35.02"  Downwind for 24 hours
direction for SO2, NO2,
D Village 30° 06'06.88" AAQM4 4.55 km NE  Buffer Zone PM 10 &
Ghoran 77°25'09.36"  Near Reserved PM2.5 with a
Forest frequency of
E Village 30° 05'59.08" AAQM5 3.0 km NW  Buffer Zone twice a week
Mandi 77°21'06.68"  Upwind on
direction consecutive
F Village 30° 00'59.32" AAQM6 7.20 km SSE  Buffer Zone days for three
Sarsawa 77°24'01.07"  Maximum months.
Populated area
G Village 30° 03'46.50" AAQM7 3.30 km SE  Buffer Zone
Haidarpur 77°24'10.39"  Downwind
direction
 Monitoring carried out above three meter from ground level.
 The stations selected were representative of the area for which monitoring was
done.
 There was no obstruction in the wind flow direction (away from tall building and
trees)
 For traffic pollution, the monitoring locations were 3 m above the street level of
tar road.
 Equipment‟s, reagents, filter papers and other accessories were as per NABL
standard.
 During monitoring cross checking was ensured.
 Samples were collected, stored and transported to laboratory as per set
procedures for analysis. Following photographs show the monitoring locations
(photograph 3-2).
Village Lapra Village Ghoran
Village Sarsawa Village Haidarpur

Photograph 3-2: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Photographs
Figure 3-7: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

3.8.5 Parameters Monitored and Methodology

The parameters monitored were PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) & Nitrogen
Oxides (NO2). These parameters were selected based on the guidelines given by
the MoEF and the ToR issued by MoEF&CC New Delhi. The detailed monitoring
methodology for ambient air is given in Table 3-12.
Table 3-12: Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring
S. Parameters Test Method Range Instrument Model & Make of
No. used instrument
1 PM10 IS 5182 (Part-23) 5 to 1000 RDS APM 460BL
2006,Gravimetric µg/m3 (Respirable (Envirotech)
CPCB Guidelines Dust Sampler)
for Ambient Air
Monitoring
2 PM2.5 IS 5182 (Part-23) 5 to 1000 RDS APM 460BL
2006,Gravimetric µg/m3 (Respirable (Envirotech)
CPCB Guidelines Dust Sampler)
for Ambient Air with attachment
Monitoring of PM2.5
3 SO2 IS 5182 (Part-II) 5 to 100 Gas sampler APM411 (Envirotech)

2001,Reaff.2006 µg/m3 AAS109 (Ecotech)
4 NO2 IS 5182 (Part-VI) 6.0 to 100 Gas sampler APM411 (Envirotech)
2006 µg/m3 AAS109 (Ecotech)
3.8.6 Result of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Results of ambient air quality monitoring are given in Table 3-13.
Table 3-13: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results
Parameter and Results
S. Station Directio Rational for
Location Distance
No Code n Selecting
PM10 PM2.5 NO2 SO2
3 3 3
µg/m µg/m µg/m µg/m3
Mine Site
Maximum 58.19 32.96 28.66 18.94
AAQM
1. 1 Mine
Minimum 55.24 30.24 25.92 15.44 - Core Area
Site
98% 58.04 32.90 28.65 18.93

2. AAQM Village Lapra

Parameter and Results
S. Station Directio Rational for
Location PM10 PM2.5 NO2 SO2 Distance
No Code n Selecting
µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3
2
Maximum 58.66 31.66 30.44 18.62
 Nearest
Minimum 52.42 27.48 25.34 15.24 4.30 km SE village
98% 56.72 31.62 30.29 18.50
Village Binna Kheri

Maximum 54.86 24.9 39.48 15.54
AAQM  Buffer Zone
3. 51.04 22.06 30.34 12.09
3 Minimum 2.0 km SW  Downwind
direction
98% 54.75 24.88 37.29 15.42
Village Ghoran
Maximum 58.48 29.28 29.56 18.62
 Buffer Zone
AAQM
4.
4 Minimum 53.62 23.44 22.34 13.64 4.55 km NE  Near
Reserved
98% 58.45 28.93 29.18 18.52 Forest
Village Mandi
Maximum 68.42 32.64 28.56 19.68
5. 56.22 28.36 25.42 16.94
5 Minimum 3.0 km NW  Upwind
direction
98% 66.58 32.63 28.55 19.60
Village Sarsawa
Maximum 68.42 33.24 33.44 19.68
 Buffer Zone
AAQM
6. 56.22 28.42 28.46 16.94  Maximum
6 Minimum 7.20 km SSE
Populated
98% 66.58 33.18 33.03 19.60 area
Village Haidarpur
Maximum 54.26 34.52 28.56 14.26
7. 46.24 27.96 24.54 9.92
7 Minimum 3.30 km SE  Down wind
98% 54.25 33.57 28.56 13.80

Interpretation and conclusion of results
The above analysis report shows that since this mine is not operating and traffic on the
National Highway is also less, population in the village is not more. The baseline ambient
air quality was found to be within the permissible limits of NAAQS.
3.9 Ambient Noise

Noise is defined as an unwanted sound. The acoustic environment varies
dynamically in magnitude and character throughout in most of the communities.
The noise level variation can be temporal. It interferes with speech and hearing
and is intense enough to damage hearing or is otherwise annoying. The definition
of noise as unwanted sound implies that it has an adverse effect on human beings
and their environment. Noise can also disturb natural wildlife and ecological
system. Sound is mechanical energy from a vibrating surface, transmitted by
cyclic series of compression and rarefaction of molecules of the materials through
which it passes. Sound can be transmitted through gases, liquids and solids. The
number of compressions and refractions of the air molecules in the unit of time is
described as its frequency. Frequency is expressed in hertz (Hz), which is the
same as the number of cycles per second.
3.9.1 Methodology of Ambient Noise Monitoring

Instant Sound Level Meter (SLM) was used for the collection of data related to
noise at an interval of one hour. The day noise levels were monitored during 6:00
AM to 10:00 PM and night noise levels during 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM at all the
locations covered in the study area. Measured noise level displayed as a function
of time provides a useful scheme for describing the acoustical climate of a
community. Noise levels recorded at each station were computed for equivalent
noise levels. Equivalent noise level is a single number descriptor for describing
time varying noise levels. The equivalent noise level is defined mathematically
as:-
10 Log1/ T Σ (10Ln/10)
Where L = Sound pressure level a function of time dB (A)
T = Time interval of observations
3.9.2 Noise Monitoring Locations
The hourly Leq noise levels were recorded at seven locations in the study area;
sampling locations are given in Table 3-14, and also shown in Figure 3-8 &
Photographs 3-3.
Table 3-14: Noise Monitoring Locations
S. Area Sample GPS Distance Direction Rational for Frequency
No. Description Code Coordinates from from Selection of
Mining M.L. monitoring
lease area Location
area
A Mine Site NQ1 30° 4'28.04" - Core Core area
77°22'9.18" Zone Noise was
B Village NQ2 30° 05'21.73" 2.00 km WNW  Nearest village measured once
Lapra during the
77°21'06.61"
study period
C Village NQ3 30° 03'17.87" 4.30 km SE  Buffer Zone
for 24 hrs. The
Binna Kheri 77°24'35.02"
day noise
D Village NQ4 30° 06'06.88" 4.55 km NE Buffer Zone levels have
Ghoran Near Reserved
77°25'09.36" been
Forest monitored
E Village NQ5 30° 05'59.08" 3.0 km NW  Buffer Zone during 6:00
Mandi 77°21'06.68" AM to 10:00
F Village NQ6 30° 00'59.32" 7.20 km SSE  Buffer Zone PM and night
Sarsawa 77°24'01.07"  Maximum noise levels
Populated area during 10:00
G Village NQ7 30° 03'46.50" 3.30 km SE  Buffer Zone PM to 6:00
Haidarpur 77°24'10.39" AM at all the
locations
covered in the
study area
Village Lapra . Village Ghoran

Photograph 3-3: Ambient Noise Monitoring Location Photographs
Figure 3-8: Noise Monitoring Locations

3.9.3 Results of Ambient Noise Monitoring

Noise readings were taken from 7 locations during the study period, and the
results are given in Table 3-15.
Table 3-15: Ambient Noise Monitoring Results
CPCB Limit Noise levels dB(A)
Leq
Leq day Leq day Rational for Selection
Sampling Name of the night Leq night
(6.0 AM (6.0 AM of monitoring
code location (10.0 PM (10.0 PM TO
TO 10.0 TO 10.0 Location
TO 6.0AM)
PM) PM)
6.0AM)
NQ1 Mine Site 75 70 69.8 65.4 Core area
NQ2 Village 55 45 52.4 42.8 Nearest village

Lapra
NQ3 Village 55 45 53.2 40.4  Buffer Zone
Binna Kheri
Village  Buffer Zone
NQ4 Ghoran 55 45 51.4 42.3  Near Reserved
Forest
NQ5 Village 55 45 52.4 41.8  Buffer Zone
Mandi
NQ6 Sarsawa 55 45 53.4 40.6  Maximum Populated
area
NQ7 Haidarpur 55 45 51.4 40.4
Generally, noise levels in public places like temples and community hall have higher
values in day time. In the study area, Maximum & Minimum Noise level of 69.8 dB (A)
& 51.4 dB (A) was recorded during day time and Maximum & Minimum Noise level of
65.4 dB (A) & 40.4 dB (A) was recorded during night time.
Interpretation and conclusion

It was observed from the noise monitoring results that the noise levels at the mine site
and the surrounding were higher side. However, within the noise standards prescribed by
CPCB for residential, sensitive and industrial areas.

3.10 Hydrology and Physiography of the Study Area
3.10.1 Hydrology
The ground water exploration in the district reveals that clay group of formations
dominates over the sand group in the district area. Ground water in the district
occurs in the alluvium under water table and semi-confined to confined
conditions. These aquifers consist of sand, silt, gravels and kankar associated with
clay and form highly potential aquifers. In alluvium, the permeable granular zones
comprise fine to medium grained sand and occasionally coarse sand and gravel.
Their lateral and as well as vertical extent is extensive. In Kandi belt, which has
not been explored fully boulders cobbles and pebbles, constitutes the major
aquifer horizon. Siwalik Hills occupy marginal areas in the northeastern parts of
the district constitute a low potential zone. In Kandi areas, the shallow aquifers
are isolated lenses embedded in clay beds whereas aquifers in alluvial areas occur
on regional scale and have pinching and swelling disposition and are quite
extensive in nature. These aquifers generally consists sands (fine to coarse
grained) and gravels and are often intercepted by clay and kankar horizons. These
aquifers are under unconfined to semi-confined conditions and support a large
number of shallow tube wells within the depth of 50m only. The discharge of
these tube wells varies between 100lpm and 500lpm for moderate tube wells.
Hydro-geological map of India is shown in Figure 3-9.
Source: Central Groundwater Board
Figure 3-9: Hydrology Map of India
The rainfall in the area is normal, the topography of the area having undulated
topography and the climatic conditions are arid. The geological formations are
almost sedimentary. The overall rainfall is drained to lower synclines in the area
and is temporarily stored in small ponds in the surroundings. Yamuna is the
important river of the district
3.10.2 Physiography
3.10.3 Relief
Topographically, the allotted lease area of mining is almost undulated river bed.
mRL in buffer zone.
The Ganga Plain covering 85% of the State is a vast, flat expanse of alluvium
having a gentle south easterly regional slope. The highest elevation is around 350
m AMSL in the north western parts and lowest 60 m AMSL in extreme south
eastern part of the state. The land slope is variable, being steep in the north
western parts and gradually diminishing south east wards. The slope ranges
between less than a meter per kilometer to 5m/km. This Plain has three sub
divisions – the Terai in the northwest, the Central Ganga Plain in the center and
the Marginal alluvial Plain in the south.
Figure 3-10: Drainage Map of Saharanpur District
Interpretation and conclusion

The State forms a part of Ganga basin. The master drainage of the state is river
Ganga and its tributaries. The Ramganga, Ghagra and Gomti are the main left
bank tributaries, while the Yamuna is the main right bank tributary. All these
rivers except Gomti originate from Himalayan ranges and are snow fed. Initially
the rivers flow southward in the northwestern part of the State, then turn south
eastward and finally leave the State in an easterly direction.
3.11 Water Environment
3.11.1 Occurrence of Ground Water

The ground water sources are the tube-wells & dug-wells in the area. The water
table will not be intersected during mining in the riverbed as ultimate working
depth is limited up to 3 meter only.
3.11.2 Groundwater Resources – Secondary Data
The groundwater storage is largely controlled by the prevailing hydrogeological
and geomorphic conditions. Besides, magnitude of input (recharge) to the ground
water system and output (discharge) from it also influences the status of
groundwater regime. In the State of Uttar Pradesh hydrogeological as well as the
geomorphological conditions are highly variable as evident from earlier. The
chief source of recharge to storage is rainfall which is highly variable over space
and time. The main source of discharge is ground water abstraction which is also
varying and also growing exponentially. The regions having ground water as the
main source for irrigation always remain under heavy stress. The imbalance
between the recharge and discharge expresses itself in terms of variations in the
ground water level. Thus, the water level is a very important parameter for ground
water studies. Along the Betwa river, a tributary of Yamuna river, the deeper
water levels are encountered. Few patches falling in this range are observed in
western U.P. in Muzaffarnagar, Meerut, Ghaziabad, Gautam Buddha Nagar, J.P.
Nagar, Budaun, Hathras, districts .This range is generally observed in almost all
parts of Lucknow city. In major parts of Varanasi, and Pratapgarh districts depth
to water level have been observed in this range.
The district wise categorization table of water level during May 2015 is presented
shown in Figure 3-11.
Depth of Water Level in Summer Season
Depth of Water Level in Monsoon Season
Figure 3-11: Depth of Water Level Contour Zone
Note: The area having moderate depth to water level between 5-10 is maximum
in May, reducing considerably in August and again increasing in November and
January‟16. The deep water level conditions (above 10 m bgl) being maximum in
May reduces afterward in August and gets further increases in November &
January.
3.12 Ground water potential and water balance in the study area
Groundwater potential and water balance study for the present and future along
with water harvesting and recharge in the area is presented below:
Water Balance study for core zone:
Annual ground water recharge in the core zone of mining lease area:
A = Average annual rainfall of the area (1.3425 m)
B = Infiltration index 3 % in soft zone
G = Geographical area (33367.33 hect)
Infiltration Index: - 3%
Geographical Area: - 33367.33 ha
Average rainfall: - 1.3425 m
Ground water recharge: - Geographical area x Average rainfall x Infiltration
ratio
Ground water recharge in the buffer zone: - 33367.33 x 104x 1.3425 x 0.03
= 13.43 M cu m
Final (Buffer Zone)
Irrigated land: - 9853.78 (Area ha) x 2000 (liter/day/ha) for 80 days = 1.57 M cm
Human Population: - 144655 (persons) x 50 (liter/day/ha) x 365 = 2.63 M cm
Cattle Population: - 8,000 (cattle) x 31 x 20 (liter/day/ha) x 365 = 1.81 M cm
Mining & Other Industries: - 500 KLD x 300(days) = 0.15 M cm
Total Water Consumption: - Human Population + Other Industries + Cattle
Population + Irrigated Land
2.63 +0.15 + 1.81 + 1.57 = 6.16 Mm3
Water Balance by Rainfall Infiltration = Ground Water recharge (buffer zone)
– Total Water Consumption
Water Balance by Rainfall Infiltration method (Buffer Zone)
13.43– 6.16 = 7.27 mcm
Water Consumption for mining work (300 days)
300 days x 9.58 KLD = 0.002853 M cm
Hence it can be inferred that plenty of groundwater is available in the area to be
used for different purposes.
3.12.1 Methodology of Surface and Groundwater Monitoring
Water samples were collected once during the study period as grab samples at
identified locations. The analysis methodology for water samples is given in
Table 3-16.
Table 3-16: Water Sampling Methodology
Sr. No. Parameters Test Method
1. pH value APHA 22nd Edition, 4500- H-B
2. Color APHA 22nd Edition, 2120 B
3. Turbidity APHA 22nd Edition, 2130 B
4. Odor APHA 22nd Edition, 2150 B
5. Taste APHA 22nd Edition, 2160 B
6. Total Hardness as CaCO3 APHA 22nd Edition, 2340 C
7. Calcium(as Ca) APHA 22nd Edition, 3500 Ca B
8. Alkalinity ( as Ca CO3) APHA 22nd Edition, 2320 B
9. Chloride as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition, 4500-CI-B
10. Cyanide (as CN) APHA 22nd Edition, 4500CN-D
11. Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition, 2340 B
12. Total dissolve solid ( TDS) APHA 22nd Edition, 2540 C
13. Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition, 4500 E
14. Fluoride(as F) APHA 22nd Edition, 4500 – F- D
15. Nitrate as NO3) IS 3025 (P-34) 1988
16. Iron (as Fe) APHA 22nd Edition, 3500 – Fe- B
17. Aluminum (as l) APHA 22nd Edition, 3111 B
18. Boron (as B) APHA 22nd Edition, 4500 B C
19. Hexa Chromium ( Cr + 6) APHA 22nd Edition, 3111 B
20. Phenolic Compound APHA 22nd Edition, 5530 C
21. Mineral Oil Clause 6 of IS : 3025 (Part 39)
22. Anionic surface Detergents APHA 22nd Edition, 5540 C
(as MBAS)
23. Zinc (as Zn) APHA 22nd Edition, 3111 B
24. Copper (as Cu) APHA 22nd Edition, 3111 B
25. Manganese (as Mn) APHA 22nd Edition, 3111 B
26. Cadmium (as Cd) APHA 22nd Edition, 3111 B
27. Lead ( as Pb) APHA 22nd Edition, 3111 B
28. Selenium (as Se) APHA 22nd Edition, 3111 B
29. Arsenic (as As) APHA 22nd Edition, 3111 B
30. Mercury (as Hg) APHA 22nd Edition, 3111 B
31. Total Coliform IS 1622, 1981 (Reaffirmed 2003)
32. E. Coli IS 1622, 1981 (Reaffirmed 2003)
3.12.2 Groundwater Monitoring Locations

Seven samples of groundwater from different sites i.e. open well and Dug wells,
were collected from the available water resources around the mine area. The
quality of groundwater was studied. The water sampling stations are marked on
Figure 3-12. The details of groundwater sampling locations and their distance &
directions are given in the Table 3-17 and also shown in Figure 3-12.
Figure 3-12: Surface and Groundwater Monitoring Locations

Table 3-17: Groundwater Sampling Locations

S. Area Sample Source GPS Distance Direction Frequency
No. Description Code Coordinate from M. from M.L.
L. area area
(km)
A Mine Site GW1 Hand 30° 4'28.04" - Core Zone
Pump 77°22'9.18"
B Village GW2 Dug well 30° 05'21.73" 2.00 km WNW
77°21'06.61"
Lapra
C Village GW3 Hand 30° 03'17.87" 4.30 km SE
Binna Kheri Pump 77°24'35.02"
Once during
D Village GW4 Hand 30° 06'06.88" 4.55 km NE the study
Pump 77°25'09.36" period as
Ghoron
grab sample
E Village GW5 Hand 30° 05'59.08" 3.0 km NW
Pump 77°21'06.68"
Mandi
F Village GW6 Dug well 30° 00'59.32" 7.20 km SSE
77°24'01.07"
Sarsawa
G Village GW7 Hand 30° 03'46.50" 3.30 km SE
Pump 77°24'10.39"
Haidarpur

Photograph 3-4: Groundwater Monitoring Location Photographs
V illage Lapra Village Mandi
Village Haidarpur Village Binna Kheri
3.12.3 Groundwater Analysis Results

Groundwater was monitored at 7 locations within the study area during the
summer season (March, April, May) 2018, the results are shown in Table 3-18.
Table 3-18: Groundwater Analysis Results

Parameter Unit Specification/ Method Used Ground Water Samples
GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7
SPCB
Norms/BIS
Standards
PH 6.5-8.5 APHA: 4500-H+
7.74 8.32 7.62 7.46 8.20 7.72 7.42
B 23nd Edition
Conductivity mS/m -- APHA: 2510 B.
78.0 74.0 80.0 56.0 76.0 78.0 82.0
23nd Edition
Turbidity NTU 1 APHA: 2130-B
<1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0
Nephelometric
Method 23nd
Edition
Color Pt-Co 5 APHA: 2120-b
<5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0
Visual
Comparison
Method 23nd
Edition
COD mg/l -- APHA: 5220 B
- - - - - - -
23nd Edition
Total mg/l 500 APHA: 2540 C
590.0 456.0 620.0 466.24 488.0 512.0 582.0
Dissolved 23nd Edition
Solids
Dissolved mg/l -- APHA: 4500 O-
4.8 2.8 - 2.8 3.8 - -
Oxygen C 23nd Edition
(D.O)
Alkalinity mg/l 200 APHA: 2320 B
320.14 222.62 194..42 162.42 195.62 198..48 230.40
Alkalinity 23nd
Edition
Chloride mg/l 250 APHA: 4500-Cl-
128.42 136.52 162.36 136.52 42.56 105.73 98.24
B 23nd Edition

Sulphate mg/l 200 APHA: 4500-
88.42 112.46 132.42 122.42 62.24 36.60 42.56
SO4 E 23nd
Edition
Fluoride mg/l 1.0 APHA: 4500-F-
0.38 0.98 1.38 1.22 0.22 1.3 1.36
D 23nd Edition
Sodium mg/l -- APHA: 3500-Na 142.36
126.52 58.42 28.4 64.0 44.0 56.0
B 23nd Edition
Potassium mg/l -- APHA: 3500-K
88.20 36.24 294.52 44.0 86.52 60.5 62.4
B 23nd Edition
Total mg/l 200 APHA: 2340 C
520.36 236.54 262.34 218.36 238.24 380.38 392.54
Hardness 23nd Edition
Ca. Hardness mg/l -- APHA: 3500-Ca
420.12 172.54 105.14 178.24 168.52 277.57 282.48
B 23nd Edition
Calcium as Ca mg/l 75 APHA: 3500-Ca
168.38 104.88 32.18 71.43 67.54 111.25 113.22
B 23nd Edition
Mg. Hardness mg/l -- APHA: 3500-
100.24 64.0 7.84 40.09 69.72 174.19 110.06
Mg B 23nd
Edition
Magnesium as mg/l 30 APHA: 3500 –
24.42 15.56 1.76 9.76 16.92 42.43 26.81
Mg Mg B 23nd
Edition
Amm. mg/l -- IS 3025 (PP 34)
2.08 2.42 2.52 2.48 1.72 0.35 1.32
Nitrogen
1988 (RA 2014)
Nitrate mg/l 45 IS 3025 (Part
4.26 3.22 3.24 3.62 3.44 5.56 4.24
34)
(3) 1988 (RA
2014)
Phosphate mg/l -- APHA: 4500-
3.24 2.32 <0.1 2.66 1.42 2.31 2.62
PC 23nd Edition
Cadmium mg/l 0.003 APHA: 3111 B
<0.1 <0.1 <0.03 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
23nd Edition
Copper mg/l 0.05 APHA: 3111 B
<0.03 <0.03 0.16 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
23nd Edition
Iron mg/l 0.3 APHA: 3500
0.26 0.22 <0.15 0.56 0.26 0.13 0.24
Fe-B 23nd
Edition
Lead mg/l 0.01 APHA: 3111 B
<0.15 <0.15 <0.03 <0.15 <0.15 <0.15 <0.15
23nd Edition
Manganese mg/l 0.1 APHA: 3111 B
<0.03 <0.03 <0.06 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
23nd Edition
Zinc mg/l 5 APHA: 3111 B
2.6 <0.06 28.4 1.6 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06
23nd Edition
Observation & Interpretation

The analysis results shows that the pH for the ground water samples GW1, GW2, GW3,
GW4, GW5, GW6 and GW7 ranged from 7.42 to 8.32 indicating slightly alkaline in
nature. The TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) were found to be in the range 456.0 mg/l to
620.0 mg/l which is within the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l. Total Hardness of
Ground water samples in the study area was found to be 218.36 – 520.36 mg/l which is
within permissible limit. Alkalinity indicates better buffering capacity of water and
ranges between 162.42 – 320.14 mg/l.
Fluoride content varies from 0.38 mg/l – 1.36 mg/l which is within permissible limit. The
overall ground water quality in the study area was found to be mineralized with respect to
total dissolved solids, chloride (42.56 mg/l to 162.36 mg/l), sulphate (36.60 mg/l to
132.42 mg/l) and hardness. However, levels of heavy metals were found to be less except
iron in limit of 0.13 mg/l to 0.56 mg/l.

3.13 Surface Water
3.13.1 Surface Water Monitoring Location

The surface water samples were taken from 2 locations during the summer season
of 2018; the location details are given in Table 3-19 and also shown in Figure 3-
12.
Table 3-19: Surface Water Monitoring Locations
Distance from Direction from
S. No. Area Description Sample Code Frequency
M.L. area(km) M.L. area
1 Yamuna River SW1 -- Mine site Once during the
Western Yamuna study period as
2 SW2 6.00 km NW
Canal grab sample
Photograph 3-5: Surface water Monitoring Location Photographs
Yamuna Canal
3.13.2 Surface Water Monitoring Results

The monitoring results are given in Table 3-20.
Table 3-20: Surface Water Monitoring Results
S. Parameter Unit Yamuna River Yamuna River Yamuna
No. (Upwind) (Downwind) Canal
1. H 7.78 8.04 7.76
P
2. Conductivity mS/m 109.4 65.0 68.4
3. Turbidity NTU 0.1 0.1 <1.0
4. Color Pt-Co <1.0 <1.0 <5.0
5. COD mg/l 16.0 18.0 20.0
6. Total Dissolved
mg/l 744.0 412.0 442.0
Solids
7. Dissolved Oxygen
mg/l 4.8 4.6 5.2
(D.O)
8. Alkalinity mg/l 352.0 200.0 198.26
9. Chloride mg/l 233.58 107.45 104.52
10. Sulphate mg/l 53.43 53.43 53.46
11. Fluoride mg/l 0.2086 0.1467 0.16
12. Sodium mg/l 5.6 3.0 12.6
13. Potassium mg/l 1.8 0.8 4.2
14. Total Hardness mg/l 336.33 209.07 210.62
15. Ca. Hardness mg/l 90.90 90.90 92.56
16. Calcium as Ca mg/l 7.78 36.43 37.10
17. Mg. Hardness mg/l 109.4 118.17 118.06
18. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 36.43 28.72 28.76
19. Amm. Nitrogen mg/l 245.33 0.4677 0.42
20. Nitrate mg/l 59.64 0.3055 0.36
21. Phosphate mg/l 9.6 0.7788 0.74
22. Cadmium mg/l 0.12 <0.1 <0.1
23. Copper mg/l 5.46 0.02 0.02
24. Iron mg/l <1.0 1.6452 1.82
25. Lead mg/l 0.03 <0.15 <0.15
26. Manganese mg/l 1.64 0.02 0.02
27. Zinc mg/l <0.15 1.42 1.52
Observation and Interpretations

Surface water samples were collected, analyzed and compared with Indian
standard for drinking water 10500:2012, pH value was found to be 7.76 to 8.04
which indicates that surface water is alkaline in nature, TDS was found to be
412.0 to 744.0 mg/l which is more than permissible limit 500 mg/l. Dissolve
oxygen were found about 4.6 to 5.2 mg/l. It is seen that the physicochemical
analysis of other parameters like chloride, calcium, magnesium, nitrate and
fluoride were found within the desirable limit. The overall surface water quality
of the available sources within the study area was found to be good Physico-
chemically with respect to all the parameters. There is no organic load-observed
in the sources monitored indicating no pollution load in the source.
3.14 Biological Environment
3.14.1 Objective of the study

The objectives of this study were as follows:
 To collect baseline data for the study along with a description of the existing
terrestrial, wetland and aquatic vegetation.
 To assess scheduled species in the proposed site (rare, endangered, critically
endangered, endemic and vulnerable).
 To identify locations and features of ecological significance.
 To identify Impact of proposed project before, after and during development
phase
3.14.2 Threats to Biodiversity

Species extinction is one of the major outcomes of the threats to biological
diversity. Extinction of a species can lead to the loss of a factor that was responsible
for keeping the ecosystem balanced, thereby misbalancing it to some extent. Loss of
species not only affects the ecosystem globally but also has a huge impact locally.
Some of the factors which threaten the species extinction are mentioned as follows:
 Pollution
 Habitat Loss
 Invasion of non-native species
 Climate Change
 Over Hunting
Amongst these above mentioned factors, the first two are the main factors responsible for
loss in floral diversity. One of the main reasons behind the increasing pollution in the
environment is the advent of industrialization in the modern civilization. Mining industry
is an integral part of the industrialization and modernization. Different stages of mining
have different effects on the environment. Mining activities render the area barren
thereby creating loss of habitat for the plants previously present there and also, after
mining the land gets filled with harmful chemicals and industrial wastes which make the
environment too polluted for any kind of vegetative propagation.
3.14.3 Conservation of Biodiversity

The gradual and steady decrease of the forest lands in tropical countries has grabbed the
attention of many researchers and they have been working to make the tropical forests 10
more productive while taking care of maintaining the biodiversity too. The first priority
for the maintenance of biodiversity is to decrease logging and to increase area for forests
and restricting the forests for deforestation activities. Halting the building of roads and
stopping commercial logging practices are the main mechanisms that need to be followed
for the conservation of forests.
But since, mining cannot be abolished because that will bring a huge blow to the
economy, special measures should be taken in order to conserve the biodiversity. The
area of land under mining activities should be carefully monitored for the kind of
vegetation and environmental conditions that the area experiences. Accordingly, the area
should be replanted after the mining activities are over. Also, a broader area around the
core mining area, which is called the buffer area, should be monitored too. The buffer
area is generally the area of about 10 km radius around the core area. For every loss in
the core area, there should be equal or more plantations in the buffer area for the
compensation of the loss in biodiversity. Only when all these requirements are met with,
should there be a clearance for the mining activities in ore-rich areas. If these conditions
are properly met with, conservation of biodiversity would be taken care of.
3.14.4 Phytosociology
Phytosociology is a branch of vegetation science that deals with current plant
assemblages at a resolution of vegetation stands. Its principal goals are the delimitation
and characterization of vegetation types based on the complete floristic composition of
vegetation plots. These are placed to minimize within-plot heterogeneity and maximize
between-plot variability; typical sizes are 4–25 m² in herbaceous and 50–400 m² in
woody vegetation.
The density, basal area and Importance Value Index of the trees, shrubs and herbs were
calculated following Phillips (1959) and Misra (1968) as follows:
Density = No. of individuals of a species in all quadrats

Total number of quadrats studied
Density is expressed as the number of individuals per unit area
Frequency (%) = No. of quadrats in which species occur × 100

Total number of quadrats studied
Abundance = No. of individuals of a species in all quadrats

No. of quadrats in which species occur
Abundance is expressed as plants per unit area
Relative Density (%) = Density of one species × 100

Sum of densities of all the species
Relative Frequency (%) = Frequency of one species × 100

Sum of frequency of all species
Relative Abundance (%) = Abundance of one species × 100
Sum of abundance of all species
Relative Dominance (%) = Total basal cover of a species× 100

Total basal cover of all the species
Important Value Index (IVI) =Relative density (%) + Relative frequency (%) + Relative
basal area (%)
All information collected on the vegetation from mine lease area and surrounding mine
lease area were analyzed to arrive at different phyto-sociological attributes, namely and
spices for the monitoring period of Summer Season ( March, April, May) 2018.
All information collected on the vegetation from mine lease area and surrounding mine
lease area were analyzed to arrive at different phyto-sociological attributes, namely,
density, frequency, basal area, and Importance Value Index.
3.14.5 Methodology for Flora Survey
3.14.6 Flora
The study on the floral assessment for the project activity was based on field survey
of the area. Quadrate Method: Frame quadrants, or often simply called quadrants,
were used to define sample area within the study site. Plant species inside the
quadrants were identified and their abundance estimated to work out the densities of
various species. The locations of the quadrants chosen was representative to various
vegetation types present within the study area and usually 10 nos. of quadrates were
sampled to obtain more representative results.
The plant species were also identified with the help of taxonomists of related fields
and nearby Institutions. Besides the collection of plant species, information was also
collected with vernacular names of plant species made by local inhabitants. In this
process, the whole study area was divided into different sections to get the maximum
diversity of plant species. The sampling sites were selected based on land use
pattern, topography and floristic composition of the study area. The other relevant
data on bio-diversity, like economically important plant species and medicinal plant,
information related to rare and endangered species in the study area had been
collected from secondary sources like forest and wild life departments. The plant
species found in the area are mentioned below:-
3.14.7 Flora in Study Area
A general floral survey was carried out for the study area. List of flora found in
the core zone and buffer zone is given in Table 3-21.
Table 3-21: List of Flora in the Core Zone & Buffer Zone
S. No. Vernacular Botanical Name Family Core Buffer
Name Area Area
1 Khair Acacia Catechu Leguminosae - +
2 Haldu Adina Cordifolia Rubiaceae - +
3 Bel Aegle marmelos Rutacease - +
4 Siris Albizzia Lebbek Leguminosae - +
5 Neem Azadirachta Indica Meliaceae - +
6 Dhak Butea monosperma Leguminosae - +
7 Amaltas Cassia Fistula Leguminosae - +
8 Lasura Cordia Dicotoma Boraginaceae - +
9 Shisham Dalbergia Sissoo Leguminosae - +
10 Amla Embica Offcinalis Euphorbiaceae - +
11 Safeda Eucalyptus Hybrid Myrtaceae - +
12 Peepal Ficus Religiosa Urticaceae - +
13 Mahua Madhuca Indica Sapotaceae - +
14 Aam Mangifera Indica Anacardiaceae - +
15 Tut Morus Alba Urticaceae - +
16 Amrood Psidium Guava Myrtaceae - +
17 Sal Shorea Robusta Dipterocarpacee - +
18 Sagwan Tectona Grandis Verbenaceae - +
19 Ber Zizypush Mauritiana Rhamnace - +
20 Willow Salix Tetrasperma Salicaceae - +
21 Tendu Diospyros Towentosa Ebenaceae - +
22 Gullar Ficus Glomerata Urticaceae - +
23 Khajur Phoenix Sylvestris Palmae - +
24 Jamun Syzygium Cuminii Myrtaceae - +
Table 3-22: Shrubs & Herbs in Study area
Name Area Area
1. Aak Callicarpa Macrophylea Verbenaceae - +
2. Bhang Cannabis Sativa Urticaceae - +
3. Bansa Adhatoda Vasica Achanthacea - +
4. Chirehitta Achyranthes Aspera Amarantaceae - +
5. Karaunda Carrissa Occidentalis Apocynaceae - +
6. Nakli Bhabbar Eriophorum Comosum Cyperaceae - +
7. Lantana Lantana Camara Verbenaceae - +
8. Nut grass Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae - +
9. Gandhela Murraya Koenigii Rutaceae - +
10. Kaner Nerium Indicum Apocynaceae - +
11. Asgandh Withania Somnifera Solanceae - +
12. Bathuwa Chinopodium Album Amaranthaceae - +
13. Aradu, Ban Solonum Erianthum Solanceae - +
14. Maltha Zizyphus Nummularia Rhacnaceae - +
15. Bans Dendrocalamus Strictus Gramineae - +
Table 3-23: Climbers in Study area

Name Area Area
1. Dudhi Cryptolepis Buchanani Apocynaceae - +
2. Agla Acacia Pennata Leguminose - +
3. Kainju Bel Caesalpinia Sepiaria Sapindaceae - +
4. Maljhan Bauhinia vahlii Leguminosae - +
5. Sural Pueraria Truberosa Leguminosae - +
6. Gajpipper Scindapsus Officianlis Araceae - +
7. Balkangu Clematis Gouriana Ranuculaceae - +
8. Buddhi Bel Vallaris Solancea Apocunaceae - +
9. Patera Typha Elephantina Typhaceae - +
Table 3-24: Grasses in Study area

S No. Vernacular Botanical Name Family Core Buffer
Name Area Area
1. Bharunt Cenchrus Setigerus Gramineae - +
2. Dab Desmostachya Bipinnata Gramineae - +
3. Dub Cynodon Dactypon Gramineae - +
4. Sarkanda Erianthus Munja Gramineae - +
5. Kans Sacharum Spontaneum Gramineae - +
6. Bhabbar Eulaliposis Gramineae - +
7. Baru Sorghum Halepense Gramineae - +
8. Khas Vetiveria Zizaniodes Gramineae - +
Where, T = Tree, S = Shrub, H = Herb, G = Grass, C= Climber, PT = Pteridophyta
3.14.8 Faunal Diversity

To prepare a detailed report on the status of wildlife biodiversity within 10 km
radial area (Study Area) and to assess the impacts due to mining activity and
suggesting suitable mitigation measures to protect and conserve wildlife
biodiversity, following components were studied:
a) Wildlife survey (diversity)
b) Habitat study (feeding, breeding, roosting areas)
c) Distribution of birds
d) Rare & Endangered species of fauna
e) Specific local characteristics of biodiversity in study area
3.14.9 Methodology for Faunal Study

Primary Data Collection: Several survey techniques such as standard walk
transect, visual encounter survey and pitfall trap methods were used to sampling
reptiles in each and every habitat of the study area. While doing this survey,
photographs were taken for identification of species. Species identification was
done by using standard field guides in consultation with experts.
Secondary data Collection: Methodology aspects were also reviewed by the
references of Springer International Publishing Switzerland 2015 S. Nautiyal et
al., Biodiversity of Semiarid Landscape, Environmental Science, DOI
10.1007/978-3-319-15464-0_2. Literature review was conducted to identify the
representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological
communities listed by IUCN, WCMC, ZSI, BSI and Indian Wild life Protection
Act, 1972 (Bentham and Hooker, 1862-1883; Hunter, 1879; Dixit, 1984; Ghosh et
al., 2004; Lushington, 1915; Wilson and Reeder, 1993; Bird Life International,
2000; Bird Life International, 2004a, b; Wilson and Reeder, 2005; Bird Life
International, 2010; Kumar and Srivastava, 2012; Kumar, 2013; Kumar et al.,
2013; Kumar and Aggarwal, 2013a,b).
Table 3-25: Survey and monitoring techniques for different types of animals
S.No Group of Animal Survey and Monitoring Techniques
1. Mammals Direct observation Surveying large and medium sized
technique mammals and diurnal mammals
Bait traps Bait traps Small mammalian groups
Line transect method All mammals
Pellet count method Large mammals
2. Birds Line transect method A straight line of 1 km is drawn, and
all birds seen or heard till a range of
25 m on either side of the transect
were recorded. The transect was
worked for one hour
Point count method In this method, the observer will
stand in a randomly chosen point and
birds seen or heard in 50 m radius are
recorded for 5 min. This observation
is repeated in another point at least
300 m from the first point.
Opportunistic While traveling in study area, many
sightings bird species will be detected in
survey time. Such species are
recorded by their appearance or by
their call.
3. Reptiles Visual encounter This method is useful for studying the
survey species richness and abundance in a
survey path
Pitfall trap Methods were used to sampling
reptiles in each and every habitat of
the study area
4. Amphibians Visual encounter By using vocal sound and
survey photographs, the amphibian species
were identified
3.14.10 Status of Fauna
The projected affected areas are completely covered with grasses and have no major
faunal diversity. Therefore we prepared a complete checklist of fauna from project
affected area and surrounding of project affected area. The list of fauna along with
their relative abundance, global and national conservation priority status recorded
during the survey is given in the Table 3-26.
Table 3-26: List of Fauna in the Study Area
(A) Aves in Study Area
Common IWLPA Schedule Core Buffer
S. No. Scientific Name Family 1972
Name IUCN Area Area
1. Bater Coturnix coturnix Phasianidae - LC - +
Jungli -
2. Gallus gallus Phasianidae LC - +
Murghi
3. Kabutar Columba livia Columbidae - LC + +
Common -
4. Acridotheres tristis Sturnidae LC + +
Myna
Eudynamys -
5. Koel Cuculidae LC + +
scolopaceus
6. Sparrow Passer Domesticus Passeridae - LC + +
Halcyon -
7. King Fisher Halcyonidae LC + +
Smyrnensis
-
8. Pond Heron Ardeola Grayii Ardeidae LC + +
-
9. House Crow Corvus Splendens Corvidae LC + +
Red Vented -
10. Pycnonotus cafer Pycnonotidae LC - +
Bulbul
Jungle -
11. Turdoidescaudatus Leiothrichidae LC - +
Babbler
Psilopogon -
12. Green Barbet Megalaimidae LC - +
zeylanicus
Hypsipetes -
13. Black Bulbul Pycnonotidae LC + +
leucocephalus
14. Bagula Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae - LC + +
Dinopium -
15. Kathpora Picidae LC - +
benghalense
Coracias -
16. Nilkanth Coraciidae LC + -
benghalensis
(B) Mammals in Study Area
S. Scientific Family Schedule Core Buffer
Common Name
No. Name IWLPA Area Area
1 Suar Sus scrofa LC - +
2 Jungle Billi Felis silvestris Felidae LC - +
3 Funambulus
Squirrel (Ghilhari) Sciuridae LC - +
pennant
4 Rat Rattus rattus LC - +
5 Herpestes
Neola Herpestidae LC - +
Edwardsii
6 Boselaphus
Nilgao Bovidae LC - +
Tragocamelus
(C )Reptiles in the Study Area

S. Scientific Schedule Core Buffer
Common Name Family
1 Oriental Garden lizard Calotes versicolor Agamidae No - +
mention
2 Goh Varanus Varanidae - - +
Bengalensi
s
3 Cobra(Nag) Naja Naja Colularidge II - +
4 Dhaman Ptyas Mucosus Elapinae - - +
(Rat Snake)
5 Rock lizard Petrosauru Phrynosoma LC - +
s mearnsi tidae
6 Russels viper Daboia russelii Viperidae II - +
(D) Butterflies in the Core and Buffer Zone

S. Scientific Schedule Core Buffer
Common Name Family
1 Common Evening Melanitis Satyridae FC + +
Brown leda
Cramer
2 Himalayan Athyma Nymphalidae FC - +
Sergeant opalina
Kollar
The Aquatic Species From Diverse Groups Of Life Forms Like Planktons, Zoo-
Planktons And Macro- Invertebrates And Fishes Recorded In The Study Area.
(A)Phytoplankton
S. No. Name of the Genus Class Core Area Buffer Area
1 Amphora Bacillariophyceae - +
2 Cymbella Bacillariophyceae - +
3 Fragillaria Bacillariophyceae - +
4 Gomphonema Bacillariophyceae - +
5 Gyrosigma Bacillariophyceae - +
6 Navicula Bacillariophyceae - +
7 Ankistrodesmus Chlorophyceae - +
8 Microspora Chlorophyceae - +
(B)Zooplankton
1 Alona Branchiopoda - +
2 Nauplins Crustacean - +
3 Euglypha Imbricatea - +
4 Centropyxis Lobosea - +
5 Tichocera Monogononta - +
6 Epiphanes Rotifera - +
7 euglypha Imbricatea - +
(C) Macro-Invertebrate Inventory As Observed In Various Sites
Buffer
S. No. Order Family Core Area
Area
1 Diptera Chironomidae - +
Naididae - +
2 Clitellata
Aeolosomatidae - +
3 Ephemeroptera Baetidae - +
(D) List of Aquatic Fauna in the Beas in Study Area
S. No. Common Name Scientific Name Core Area Buffer Area
1 Kali Machli Barbus Chilinadea - +
2 Singhi Hetropneustes Fossilis - +
Core area : Lease Boundary

Buffer area : Within 10 Km from the Lease Boundary
(-) : Spices Absent
(+) : Spices Present
LC : Least Concern
3.15 Agriculture Activity

The climatic conditions of a region affect the agricultural cropping pattern of
different areas. Thus, it produces different crops. Amongst a host of climatic factors
i.e. rainfall, temperature, humidity, wind velocity and duration of sunshine etc.
affect the cropping pattern in a significant way. Annual rainfall and its distribution
over the entire year and the regimes of diurnal and annual temperatures are by far,
the prominent factors affecting agriculture and the life style of the people. Cropping
pattern is shown in Table 3-27.
Table 3-27: Cropping Pattern of the Study area
Crop Name Season
September-
Rabi Wheat, Massar, Gram, Mustard seeds, Potatoes, Onions
April
Kharif Paddy, Maize, Bajra, Mash, Ground Nut, Sugarcane, Rice June -October
3.16 Socio Economic Environment of the Study Area

There is no habitation falling within the core zone. Socio-economic study is an
essential part of environmental study is socio-economic environment incorporating
various facts related to socio-economic conditions in the area, dealing with the
total environment. Socio economic study includes demographic structure of the
area, provision of basic amenities viz., housing, education, health & medical
services, occupation, water supply, sanitation, communication, transportation,
prevailing diseases pattern as well as feature of aesthetic significance such as
temples, historical monuments etc. This would help in visualizing and predicting
the possible impacts depending upon the nature and magnitude of the project.
Socio-economic study of an area provides a good opportunity to assess the
socioeconomic conditions of it. This study will possibly make a change in living
and social standards of the particular area benefitted due to the Project. The gross
economic condition of the area will be increased substantially due to the existence
of this project. It can undoubtedly be said that this project will provide direct and
indirect employment and improve the infrastructural facilities and standards of
living of the area. The fabrics of socio-economic changes are so complicated that
this study would seem to be extremely limited, almost superficial and at time
subjective in nature. More thorough and quantified socio-economic study will
undoubtedly require vastly longer time and resources and is, therefore, beyond the
scope of the present EIA study. The EIA will give a reasonably clear picture about
the socio-economic conditions prevailing in the study area. District Survey report
has been enclosed as Annexure-9.
3.16.1 Objective of Socio Economic Study

The objectives of this socio-economic study are:
 To conduct socio-economic assessment study in Project Area.
 To know the current socio-economic situation in the region to cover the
subsectors of education, health, sanitation, water and food security.
 To recommend practical strategic interventions in the sector.
 To help in providing better living standards.
 To provide employment opportunities.
3.16.2 Scope of Study

The scope of socio economic study is as follows:
 To study the Socio-economic Environment of area from the secondary sources.
 To develop a questionnaire for SIA Survey.
 Data Collection & Analysis.
 Prediction of project impact.
 Mitigation Measures
3.16.3 Methodology
For socioeconomic study, both qualitative and quantitative methods were adopted.
Data regarding the demographic structure was collected from the secondary
sources (published data, website of Directorate of Census for Saharanpur District,
Panchayat, Saharanpur, etc.).
Primary sources include data collected through direct field sampling, observations
based on schedules, questionnaires etc. distributed to the local persons, senior
citizen, Government officials of district and official of villages, Panchayat etc.
with interactions and discussions through meetings.
A suitable format of Questionnaires was developed by us & survey was
conducted.
To know the perception of local people about the River Sand/Morrum/Bajari
mining in the area, a field survey was conducted during summer Season (March,
April, May) 2018. The target groups were selected from villages of core and
buffer area of Saharanpur Tehsil.
Focus Group Discussion (FGD) and Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA)
techniques are the two important tools of participatory method used in the field.
Household level contacts and interviews were undertaken with each family for
completing the household socio-economic profile. For individual farmers and
community members, qualitative interviews were conducted since this approach
allows a more in-depth investigation, perception and opinion about the project. It
also allows people to speak for themselves without their answers being biased by
predetermined hypothesis-based questions. The questionnaire was basically
focused to gather respondents´ views about the project.
Desk research is the major methodology adopted for the study which involves
researching, compiling and analyzing the data. The 10 km radial distance from the
boundary of the ML area including core zone of the mine area was studied.
Socio economic aspects including human settlements, demography and
infrastructural aspects for education, health, drinking water, power supply,
communication and the land use aspects are collected compiled and analyzed with
the help of census data 2011 and district census handbook 2011 of Uttar Pradesh
The details of the study area as follows:
 Demography details
 Employment details
 Infrastructure facilities
 Land use details
 Survey observations
 Opinion and awareness regarding project
 Quality of life
3.16.4 Background of Study Area

The study area is defined as 5 km & 10 km radius of the periphery of mine lease
boundary. About 52 villages of Tehsil Saharanpur, District Saharanpur was falling
in this study area. The socio-economic parameters i.e. population growth, density,
literacy etc. played an important role in determining the impact of the proposed
activity directly or indirectly on the human population of the study area. These
impacts may be beneficial or detrimental. It lies in Saharanpur Tehsil of
Saharanpur District in Uttar Pradesh State, India. The Tehsil Head Quarters is
Saharanpur town of Uttar Pradesh district which is located 20.95 km in SE.
Saharanpur is 20.95 km in SE.
3.16.5 Demography of the Study Area

Total population of the study area is 104247 persons, out of which 54893 (52.67%)
are male and 49354 (47.34%) are female. Table 3-28. It shows that out of total
population, 36.19% population lives in 5 km radius of the lease area and rest of
63.80% population live in 10 km radius of the lease area.
Table 3-28: Demography of the Study Area
Total Total Population Total Population ST Total Population SC

Sr.N Total
Range HH
o. Villages Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female
Villages of
1 24
Core Area 6383 37736 19828 17908 1 1 0 11669 6135 5534
Villages of
2 Buffer 28
Area 11205 66511 35065 31446 4 1 3 15742 8259 7483
Total 52 17588 104247 54893 49354 5 2 3 27411 14394 13017
Demography of the Study Area
General M
12% Genral F
39% ST Male ST Female SC Male

14% SC Female
0%
0%
35%

Table 3-29: Working and Non-Working Population of Study Area
Total Total Working Population Main Working Marginal Working Non-Working
Sr.
Range Villa Populatio Femal Fem Femal
No. Total Male Total Male Total Male Total Male Female
ges n e ale e
Core
1 24
Area 37736 11066 9861 1205 9482 8743 739 1584 1118 466 26670 9967 16703
Buffer
2 28
Area 66511 19683 17545 2138 16860 15648 1212 2823 1897 926 46828 17520 29308
Total 52 104247 30749 27406 3343 26342 24391 1951 4407 3015 1392 73498 27487 46011
Working and Non-Working Population

of Study Area
Working M Working F Non Work M

26% Non Work F
44%
3%
27%
Table 3-30: Occupational Structure in Study Area
Marginal Marginal Marginal
Working Main Agriculture Main Household Main Other Marginal
Sr.No. Range Total Villages Total Population Main Cultivator Agriculture Household Other
Population Labour Industries Working Cultivator
Labour Industries Working
37736 11066 9482 3263 168 3275 91 757 89 647

1 Core Area 24
Buffer 66511 19683 4585 5387 313 6575 134 1029 214 1446
2 28
Area
Total 52 104247 30749 14067 8650 481 9850 225 1786 303 2093
Occupational Structure in Study

Area
3%
3% 0%
0% Working Population
14% Main Cultivator
1% 45%
Main Agriculture Labour
13%
Main Household Industries
Main Other Working
21%
Table 3-31: Educational Status of Study Area
Population Literates Illiterates
Sr.No. Range Total Villages
Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female
1 Core Area 24
37736 19828 17908 22590 13388 9202 15146 6440 8706
2 Buffer Area 28
66511 35065 31446 38777 22641 16136 27734 12424 15310
Total 52 104247 54893 49354 61367 36029 25338 42880 18864 24016
Educational Status of Study Area
23%
35% Literates Male Literates Female Illterates male
Illterates female
18%
24%
3.16.6 Infrastructure Facilities in the Study Area

Infrastructure is basic physical and organizational structures needed for the
operation of a society or enterprise, or the services and facilities necessary for an
economy to function. It can be generally defined as the set of interconnected
structural elements that provide framework supporting an entire structure of
development. It is an important term for judging a country or region's
development. The term typically refers to the technical structures that support a
society, such educational institutions, medical facilities, banking facilities,
telecommunications and so forth, and can be defined as "the physical components
of interrelated systems providing commodities and services essential to enable,
sustain, or enhance societal living conditions.
The area is well connected to road network, communication facilities, and
amenities like hospitals, schools, post offices and others. The mining operations
can well utilize these facilities in the region for running the operations and
development of business activities.
3.16.7 Drinking Water Facility

Drinking water is the primary need for survival of the men, animal and plant
kingdom. The state spent thousand and thousand Crore rupees to provide drinking
water to the population of the state. Table 3.32 shows that the region gets drinking
water from dug wells, tube wells and hand pumps. It indicates that the water is
directly consumed without treatment.
Table 3-32: Drinking Water Facilities in the Study Area
Total Tube Well Hand

Sr. No. Range Well Water Tank Water
Villages Water Pump
1 Core Area 24 YES YES YES YES
2 Buffer Area 28 YES YES YES YES
Total 52 YES YES YES YES
Source: Census 2011

3.17 Primary Socio Economic Survey
3.17.1 Sampling Method

A judgmental and purposive sampling method was used for choosing respondents
of various sections of the society i.e. Sarpanch, adult male and female, teachers,
medical practitioners, business persons, agriculture laborers, fishermen,
unemployed group etc. Judgmental and purposive sampling method includes the
right cases from the total population that helps to the exact situation and views of
the people about the project.
For survey purpose, selection of villages was performed within 10 km study area
covering core and buffer zone of mine area. Total 7 villages were selected and
surveyed. Proportionate and purposive sampling methods were used for selecting
respondents (male and female) for household survey. For official information of
village, sarpanch / grampanchayat member / govt. school / teacher has been
chosen. Structured questionnaire were used for survey. For group discussion,
Panchayat bhavan, Aanganwadi bhavan, community halls were used for survey
team. Household survey, group discussion & discussion with sarpanch carried out
as given in plate 3-9 and list of surveyed villages is given in Table 3-33.
Photograph 3-6: Socio Economic Survey Photographs
Types of Data
The data needed for a social science research may be broadly classified into:
 Data pertaining to human beings,
 Data relating to organization,
 Data pertaining to territorial.
 Field Survey and Observations
 Type of houses
 Literacy, education facilities
 Type of occupation farmers / Labours
 Health, medical facilities
 Drinking water facilities
 Daily wages
 Inundation / Flooding
 Drowning
 Sanitation
 Transportation
 Road connectivity
 Communication Facilities
Field survey involved the collection of primary data or information that was new.
This was collected through surveys and questionnaires that are made out
specifically for this purpose. Observations were conducted on nearly any subject
matter and the kinds of observations were depending on survey question. Field
survey and observations were made at each sampling village and the quality of
life was studied. Visits were made at hospitals, primary health centers and sub-
centers to know the health status of the region.
Interview Method
Interview is verbal questioning. Surveys were also conducted through interviews.

Interviews were conducted through asking questions, listening to individuals and
recording their responses. At times, it was found that it was more beneficial to ask
questions to a few individuals instead of carrying out a large-scale questionnaire
based survey. The interviews were conducted very informally. In these meetings,
one question leads to the next based on the responses given to the previous
one. At the other end of the scale, highly structured interviews often rely on
questionnaires or interviews held with mostly closed-ended questions that allowed
the respondents only a limited range of possible answers. Structured interview
method was used to collect data regarding the awareness and
from the sample selected of the various socio- economic sections of the
community. The questionnaire mainly highlights the parameters of primary needs.
The interview method has an advantage that almost all the perfect sample of the
general population was to be reached and respond to the approach. Interview
method helped to collect more correct and accurate information as the interviewer
was present during the field survey.
3.17.2 Awareness and Opinion

Awareness is the state or ability to perceive, to feel, or to be conscious of events,
objects or sensory patterns. In this, level of consciousness, sense data can be
confirmed by an observer without necessarily implying understanding. In general,
an opinion is a subjective belief, and is the result of emotion or interpretation of
facts. An opinion may be supported by an argument, although people may draw
opposing opinions from the same set of facts. For assessing the awareness and
opinion about the project activity, socio-economic survey was conducted in the
sampling villages.
Public opinion is the aggregate of individual attitudes or beliefs. It is very
important to take opinion of the villagers about the project. The awareness will
only not promote community participation but also enable them to understand the
importance of the project and encourage them to express their views. To know the
awareness and opinion of the villagers about the project, group discussion,
meeting with school teachers / village leaders were carried out in the study area.
The salient observations drawn through survey are given below:
 The respondents from almost all the villages were aware about the project
activity.
 Some of the respondents have very good opinion about the project and they
opined that due to proposed project activity, quality of life of the villages will
improve.
 Respondent have suggested minimizing the environmental pollution during
and after project activity.
 Most of the respondents were opined that they will get employment during the
operation of mining activities in the form of skilled as well as unskilled
labourers.
 There is a need for strengthening of local facilities such as hospitals; schools
as there will influx of the people.
 Major problems in the study area were lack of medical facilities and
employment opportunity, respondents expecting these facilities from the
project proponent.
 Respondents were ready to welcome the project because study area was main
Centre for employment in the mining area. Mitigation from other states for
employment was common in the area. Project will generate employment for
non-working population.
EIA/EMP REPORT FOR RIVER SAND (MINOR MINERAL) MINING PROJECT FOR RIVER YAMUNA
NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-33: Primary Data Collection within 5 km of the mine site

S. Name
N of Infrastructure Health Facilities Livelihood Agriculture Animal Husbandry
o Villag Education Facilities Social Indicators
Facilities
es
Mine Local Sour SC, Ma So Incom Anim Women Incom
Drinki Public
Site Fami Foo PH MH M Artis ce of ST, jor urc e al Involve e from
ng Sanita Pla
Prim Secon Coll ly Religi d C F H ans liveli Occ Cr e of source ment in Anima
Water tion ntat
ary dary ege Stru on Hab P hoo upat op Irri out of particip l
Facilit Facilit ion
cture its d ion gat season ation Husba
ies ies
ion ndry
1
Mai Rai Wages Cow, Yes No
No No N No Agri Wag ze, n Goat,
Tube o cultu es Biri Wa Buffal
No No Yes No No Joint Hindu Rice
well re , ter o, ox
Wh Na
eat di
Villag Yes No N No Agri Wag Mai Rai Wages Cow, Yes No
e o cultu es ze, n Goat,
Lapra re Biri Wa Buffal
Tube
2 Yes Yes Yes Yes NO Joint Hindu Rice , ter o, ox
well
Wh Na
eat di
Villag No No N Biri Agri Labo Mai Rai Wages Cow Yes No

e Tube Joint o Manu cultu r ze, n Goat
Binna well & factur re Biri Wa Buffal
3 Yes No Yes No No Hindu Rice
Kheri Hand Nucl ing , ter o, ox
pump ear Wh
eat
Villag No No N No Agri Wag Mai Rai Wages Cow Yes No
e Bore o cultu es ze, n Goat
Ghora well re &Ag Biri Wa Buffal
4 No No Yes No No Joint Hindu Rice
n Hand ri.. , ter o, ox
pump Wh Na
eat di

Villag No No N Biri Agri Wag Mai Rai Wages Cow Yes Yes
90%
e Tube Yes o Manu cultu es & ze, n Goat
Hindu
Mandi well 2.0 factur re Agri Biri Wa Buffal
5. No Yes No No Joint ,10% Rice
Hand Hea ing, ... , ter o, Pig,
Musli
pump cter Sugar Wh Na ox
m
cane eat di
Villag Yes No N Biri Agri Wag Mai Rai Wages Cow Yes Yes
e o Wage cultu es ze, n Goat
Sarsw Tube s re Biri Wa Buffal
ati well , ter, o, ox
6. Yes No Yes Yes No Joint Hindu Rice
Dug Wh Na
well eat di,
Pon
d
Villag Yes No N Biri Agri Wag Mai Rai Wages Cow Yes Yes
e o Wage cultu es ze, n Goat
Haida Tube s re Biri Wa Buffal
rpur well , ter, o, ox
7. Yes No Yes Yes No Joint Hindu Rice
Dug Wh Na
well eat di,
Pon
d
3.17.3 Conclusion
Above observation shows increase in total household as compared to the secondary
data resulting increase in male and female population, increased literacy rate,
increased number of main workers as compared to secondary data as shown in
above tables. Causing increased demands of all the essentialities of life required to
sustain life. These demands can be achieved to some extent by mining industries
and the work done by the owner such as school development,
hospital maintenance, road maintenance, proper water facility development,
plantation etc. as well as the local market developed during the working phase,
making their life financially strong too.
The project would not lead to displacement of any family / household or lead to
loss of agriculture land. The area doesn‟t comprise of any human habitation or
personnel property.

PROJECT FOR RIVER YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND

MITIGATION MEASURES
Any human activity in any environment produces impact, modifying it to a

status which is considered adverse or beneficial according to the damage or
improvement it brings about in physical, chemical and biological status of air,
water, land including biota and in socio-cultural life styles and economy of
the populace it affects. Depending on the nature of activities and existing status,
the impacts are assessed for their importance. On the basis of the impact analysis,
the mitigating actions are suggested for minimizing impacts.
This chapter details about the project activities that could have beneficial or
adverse impacts on the environment, identify, predicts and assess the impacts over
the various environmental attributes in the study area due to proposed mining
activities. Examine each environment aspect – impact relationship in detail and
identify its degree of significance, identify possible mitigation measures for the
project activities and select the mitigation measures, based on the reduction in
significance achieved and practicality in implementation.
4.1 Impact Assessment Methodology
4.1.1 Key Definitions
Environmental Aspects
These are elements of an organization‟s activity or product or services that can
interact with the environment. Environment aspects could include activities that
occur during normal, abnormal and emergency operations.
Environmental Impacts
Environmental impacts are defined as any change to the environment, weather
adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from project activities.
Environmental Indices
The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving environment on which
impacts are being assessed) include: Land use/land cover, air quality, noise levels,
surface and ground water quality, soil, ecology and bio diversity, socio economics,

occupational health, community health and safety. After the identification of
impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed based on subjective /objective
criteria to assess the impacting activities. This is done in the following steps.
4.1.2 Identification of Impacts

For identification of impacts a simple checklist method has been employed
requiring:
1. Listing of environmental aspects.
2. Identifying applicable components of environment on which environment
aspect may cause environmental impacts.
3. Listing of the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with
the key impacting activities on each component.
A component wise approach to risk assessment and mitigation measure is applied
with following steps.
Review and Assessment of Specific Aspects Generating Environmental Risk

Several scientific techniques and methodologies are also used to predict impacts
on the environment. Mathematical models are useful tools (where applicable) to
quantitatively describe the cause and effect relationships between sources of
pollution and different components of environment. In cases where it is not
possible to identify and validate a model for a particular situation, predictions
have been arrived at based on logical reasoning / consultation / extrapolation or
overlay methods. In any case, for each component of the environment, the
methods used to arrive at the likely impacts require to be described.
Quantifying the Environmental Risk, Identifying Aspects

Once a general understanding of the impacts has been studied and understood,
efforts are made to compare different impacts so as to prioritize mitigation
measures, focusing on those impacting activities (i.e. aspects) that require urgent
mitigation. For ease of comparison across different activities, a summary
environmental risk score is calculated. Two key elements are taken into
consideration based on standard environmental risk assessment methodologies:
 Severity/consequence: the resultant effect of an activity and its interaction
with the physical, biological and/or socio-economic environments.
 Probability: the likelihood that an impact may occur due to the project
activity/aspect.
A combination of severity / consequence with probability gives a reasonable
measure of environmental risk, which aids in decision making. It must always be
kept in mind that any scoring methodology howsoever well-defined is subjective
and different persons can arrive at different impact risk scores based on their
understanding / opinion. Therefore end results should be evaluated against past
experience as well as professional judgment as well as project and activity
specific conditions to ensure adequacy and equity. Adequate efforts are made to
ensure that the scoring does not change significantly assuming that different
evaluators are equally well informed on the project as well as knowledgeable on
the concerned issues. The steps in identifying environmental risk are as follows:
Scoring the Impact Severity / Consequence
The consequences on various environmental receptors have been ranked into 5
levels ranging from insignificant to catastrophic consequence and are given in
Table 4-1.
Tools: Mathematical models are the best tools to quantitatively describe the cause
effect relationship between source of pollution and different components of
environment. In case, mathematical models are not available or it is not possible
to identify / validate models for a particular situation, predictions and arrived
through available scientific knowledge and judgment.
EIA/EMP REPORT FOR RIVER SAND (MINOR MINERAL) MINING PROJECT FOR RIVER ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH MEASURES
Table 4-1: Impact Scoring System – Consequence Assessment

Impact and Score
Environmental
Insignificant Moderate Catastrophic
S. No. Component Minor Consequence Major Consequence
Consequence Consequence Consequence
Impacted (+/-) 2 points (+/-) 4 points
(+/-) 1 point (+/-) 3 points (+/-) 5 points
Duration
Very short term Short term (>1 – 3 Medium term (>3 – 5 Long term (>5 – 10
Very long term
(upto 1 Year) years) Year) years)
Extent
Limited Medium Range Long Range Extensive
Land use/ Land Very limited
1. (< 1 km around lease (>1 – 3 km around (>3 – 7 km around (>7 km around core
cover* (Within lease area)
area) core zone) core zone) zone)
Effect on Land Use and Classes
Agricultural Land &
Non –agricultural
Scrub land Water body Open and Close Forest Area
land
Vegetation
Moderate
Unacceptable
Minor environmental environmental impact Significant
environmental impact
Temporary nuisance impact due to due to controlled environmental
due to release of air
due to controlled / controlled / uncontrolled release impact due to release
emissions, odor / dust
2 Air Quality uncontrolled release uncontrolled release of air emission, of air emissions, odor
leading to possibility
of air emissions, odor/ of air emissions, odor odor/dust leading to / dust leading to
of chronic / acute
dust / dust with no lasting visual impacts, at exceedance of limits
health issues, injuries
detrimental effects significant nuisance specified in EP Rules
or fatalities
levels
Noise Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Nearest Human Settlement / Sensitive Receptor from
3
Environment* Boundary of Mining Lease

Impact and Score
Environmental
1.5 dB(A) – 2.0 2.0 dB(A) – 2.5 2.5 dB(A) – 3.0
1 dB(A) – 1.5 dB(A) 3.0 dB(A) or more
dB(A) dB(A) dB(A)
Background Noise Levels, with respect to Applicable Limit as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control)
Rules, 2000, as Measured at Boundary of Mining Lease
Between <5% of the Upto 5% above the
<10 % or more Between <10 to < 5% >5% above the limit
limit limit
Water Consumption (KLD)
<50 51 - 100 101 – 250 250 - 500 501 or more
Water Consumption, Duration
<5 Year 5 – 10 Year 10 – 15 Year 15 – 20 Year 20 Year or more
4 Surface Water* Wastewater Discharge, Quality
Other discharges
No wastewater Discharge to Other discharges,
within the limits
generation except Zero Discharge authorized functional outside limits
specified by the EP
domestic wastewater CETP specified by EP rules
rules
Location of Drawl, as per CGWA/CGWB regulation
Safe Semi Critical Critical Over Exploited Notified
Water Drawl (Kl/Day)
5 Groundwater* <50 51 - 100 101 – 250 250 - 500 501 or more
Wastewater Discharge Quality
No wastewater Discharge to Other discharges Other discharges,
Zero Discharge
generation except authorized functional within the limits outside limits
Impact and Score
Environmental
domestic wastewater CETP specified by the EP specified by EP rules
rules
Loss upto 80% Loss upto 100%
topsoil, or actual or topsoil, or actual or
Loss upto 20% Loss upto 40% Loss upto 60%
possible possible
topsoil, or minor topsoil, or actual or topsoil, or actual or
contamination of soil contamination of soil
contamination of soil possible possible
volume >25 m3 and volume >25 m3 and
6 Soil Quality that can be easily contamination of soil contamination of soil
above Dutch above Dutch
restored close to volume <25 m3 but volume <25 m3 but
Intervention Values, Intervention
original condition for below Dutch above Dutch
but not deemed to Values11, and
volume <10 m3 Intervention Values Intervention Values
require urgent deemed to require
remediation. urgent remediation
Site specific loss Site specific loss Site specific loss Site specific impact Impact on threatened
(removal) of common (removal) of 1 - 5 (removal) of some on threatened species species listed in as a
floral species (but not trees. common well grown but impacted species endemic / Schedule-I
any tree or trees). Minor temporary tree/ trees species. is widely distributed as per IWPA 1972,
Terrestrial, No short term or long impacts on ecosystem Site specific loss of outside the project BSI, Red Data Book,
Aquatic Flora/ term impacts are functioning or habitat nesting / breeding site. ZSI, BSI or literature
7
Fauna/ likely to adversely ecology of common habitat of common / Short term impacts published by any
Habitat/Ecosystem affect the surrounding generalist species generalist species of may lead to loss of State Govt. Institute,
habitat /ecosystem. Minor short term / flora-fauna but will abundance or extent, University and
Site specific long term impacts on not result in but unlikely to cause Collage etc.
disturbance to surrounding / permanent loss of local population Loss of habitat of
common / generalist immediate / adjacent habitat. extinction. above said flora-
Impact and Score
Environmental
faunal species (e.g. habitats and are Short term or long Site specific habitat fauna.
movement pattern, resilient to changes in term impacts are loss of fauna listed in Impact on genetic
displacement etc.). habitat structure or likely to adversely IUCN, WCMC, diversity
No negative impacts condition. affect the surrounding Birdlife International, Impact on NP /PF
on surrounding Impact on habitat character/ or any other /WLS/ESZ /IBA /
ecosystem functioning surrounding agro- habitat ecology/ international literature tiger reserve /
or habitat ecology ecosystem / functioning of -secondary elephant corridor /
agriculture when ecosystem. information. corridor.
environmental data / Impact on Impacts on habitats / Impact on ecosystem
parameters are within surrounding agro- ecosystems of like river, forest,
permissible limit. ecosystem /agriculture international wetland (e.g.
when physical importance. RAMSAR site etc.)
parameters with etc.
marginal increase but
can be mitigated.
Number of Direct Jobs gained or Lost
≤50 51 – 75 76 – 100 101- 250 More than 251
Socio Persons having gain or loss in Income both direct and indirect
Economic ≤50 51 – 75 76 – 100 101- 250 More than 251
8
Environment – Land losers
Economic <5 6 – 10 11 – 20 21 – 50 51 and more
Aspects* Losers of Homesteads
<5 6 – 10 11 – 20 21 – 50 51 and more
Impact and Score
Environmental
Temporary or Permanent migration as a % population of study area
Socio Economic
<0.5% <1% <1.5% <2% More than 2%
Environment –
Gender Imbalance, compared to existing sex ratio
Social Aspects*
Not likely Possible Limited Significant Severe
Near miss incident or Serious injury
Injury requiring onsite
Occupational injury which may requiring offsite
9 treatment by medical Single Fatality Multiple Fatality
Health and Safety require self- treatment by medical
practitioner.
administered first aid practitioner
Ongoing complaints
Minor complaints or
from community. Major ongoing long
Community exposure to
Insignificant impact Significant emission term health effects Extreme health risk
Health and Risk to community.
10 on surrounding or discharge that likely to surrounding potential for death in
surrounding Maximum occurrence
communities impacts on communities and community
habitations limited to two times
surrounding workers
per year
population
*Give the mean score from the categories, rounded to the nearest decimal
PROJECT FOR RIVER YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH AND MITIGATION MEASURES
Quantifying the Probability of Occurrence of the Impact

After identifying the consequence severity as shown in Table 4-1, the probability
of occurrence also needs to be estimated to arrive at a complete picture of
environmental impact risk. Table 4-2 provides probability/likelihood ratings on a
scale of 1-5. These ratings are used for estimating the likelihood of each
occurrence.
Table 4-2: Probability Score
Type Description Probability
Score
Frequent Continuous Activity 5
Often Occur Several Time during the project Activity 4
Likely Might Occur at least once during the project activity 3
Possible Might occur during the project activity 2
Rare Very rarely encountered during the project life cycle 1
Quantifying Risk
The level of environmental impact risk is calculated by multiplying the
consequence score and the probability of occurrence together. Hence
Significance of Impact = Consequence Score × Probability of Occurrence
The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact. The impact
estimation is carried out assuming a well-managed Operation with the use of
standard safety measures.
4.2 Identifying Activities Causing Unacceptable Risk

Environmental risks are now clubbed into four levels from extreme risk to low risk
activities. Extreme risk activities are unacceptable and therefore need to be either
stopped or modified such that they are brought to a lower level of environmental
risk. High and moderate risk activities, although acceptable, require being evaluated
and mitigated in a manner that their consequences / probabilities are lowered, with
more focus on high risk activities vis-à-vis moderate risk activities. Low risk
activities do not require further mitigation. This is summarized in Table 4-3.

Table 4-3: Environmental Risk Matrix
Scoring Negative Impacts Scoring Positive Impacts
Score
Type of Risk Inference Score Range Inference
Range
Impacting
Impacting activity
Activity should
21 – 25 Extremely Severe 21 – 25 has extremely
not proceed in its
positive impacts
current form
Impacting activity Impacting activity
15 – 20 Very Severe 15 – 20
shall be modified has major benefits
Activity can
Impacting activity
Moderately operate subject to
9 – 14 9 – 14 has moderate
Severe modification and
benefits
management
No action
Impacting activity
required unless
6–8 Severe 6–8 has minor
escalation of risk
benefits
is possible
Impacting activity Impacting activity
1–5 Minor will cause 1–5 has mild positive
negligible risk impact
Impact Assessment for the mining project, based on the methodology described
here, is given in the next section. As discussed earlier, environmental impacts have
been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects associated with the
project. The symbol „●‟ indicates an adverse impact and „o‟ indicates a beneficial
impact. Identified environmental impacts have been listed in Table 4-4.
Table 4-4: Identification of Impacting Activities and Proposed Mitigation Measure

Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment
S. Project Activities /
Remarks
No. Aspects
Topography
Air Quality (AQ)
Soil (SC)
Surface Water (SW)
Groundwater (GW)
Ecology and Biodiversity (EB)
Occupational Health, Community Health &

(LU/LC) Landuse / Landcover
(NV) Noise and Vibration
Hydrogeology and Drainage (THD)

(SE) Socio – Economic
Safety (OH/ CHS)

1. Site Selection
LU (-): Potential change in landuse / land
cover of the mining lease area;
SE (+): Compensation to Government
1.1 Land Lease/ Purchase ● ● o against lease.
EB (-): Ecology & Biodiversity is affected
due to mining because the some part of the
lease area covered under forest.
2. Mining Operation

LU (-) Creation of pit will change the
existing Landuse.
AQ (-) Dust emission due to mining
activities like use of JCB, vehicular
Mining, Excavation of movement and use of dewatering pump.
2.1 ● ● ● ● ● ● o /● ● ●
Mine Pit NV (-) Due to use of machineries for mining
activities,
SW, GW (-) use of water for dust
suppression, domestic purpose and
Greenbelt development

S. Project Activities /
Remarks
No. Aspects
Topography
Air Quality (AQ)
Soil (SC)
Surface Water (SW)
Groundwater (GW)


Safety (OH/ CHS)

THD (-) Due to excavated area topography
of the lease area will change,
EB (-) dust emission, and generation of
noise
SC (-) Loss of Soil cover
SE(+/ -) Generation of employment/
nuisance due to mine workers
OH (-) Due to generation of dust particle
health risk to the mine workers
LU (-) Creation of pit and mineral stacking
AQ (-) Dust emission from the mineral
stack.
NV (-) Due to use of machineries for
stacking activities,
Stacking of Mineral,
2.2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● SW, GW (-) Potential damage due to mine
OB and waste
runoff
THD (-) Due to mineral stacking topography
of the lease area will change,
SC (-) Loss of Soil cover
EB (-) Dust emission, and generation of
S.
No. Aspects
Project Activities /
Air Quality (AQ)

Surface Water (SW)
Groundwater (GW)
Soil (SC)

Topography

Safety (OH/ CHS)
noise
Remarks
health risk to the mine workers

AQ (-) Dust emission due to transportation
of mineral, OB and waste
NV (-) Due to use of transportation of
mineral, OB and waste
EB (-) dust emission, and generation of
Transportation of noise
2.3 ● ● ● ● o ●
Mineral, OB and Waste SE(+) generation of employment in
transport industry
SW (-) Potential damage due to mine runoff
& dust generation due to transportation.
health risk to the mine workers.
3 Conceptual Stage
LU: None
AQ: None
2.4 Land Reclamation ● ● o o o
EB (+) : Some area will be converted to
green belt development
S.
No. Aspects
Project Activities /
Air Quality (AQ)

Surface Water (SW)
Groundwater (GW)
Soil (SC)

Topography

Safety (OH/ CHS)
SE (+):
SC (+):
Remarks
BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
PRADESH AND MITIGATION MEASURES
Based on this preliminary identification, environmental indices that are likely to

be impacted due to the project are:
Landuse / Land cover: Land lease/purchase, mining and site restoration.
Air quality: Excavation, Vehicle movement during mining for transportation of
mineral.
Noise: Excavation, Vehicle movement during mining for transportation of
mineral.
Surface Water: Use of raw water for dust suppression, green belt development.
Ground water: Use of raw water for dust suppression, green belt development and
domestic purpose.
Soil: No impact due to riverbed mining project.
Ecology and Biodiversity: impact during excavation, transportation.
Socio – Economic: Positive impact due to creation of jobs and increase in direct
& indirect income.
Occupational health, community Health and safety: Occupational risk during
various activities associated with mining
4.3 Land Environment
4.3.1 Land Acquisition leading to change in Land use / Land cover

The Letter of Intent (LOI) for mining of River Sand / Morrum/ Bajari has been
granted in the favor of Prime Vision Industries Private Limited vide letter no.
421/Khanij/2017-2018 dated 15.03.2018 for 5 years.
Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure Plan has been approved by the
Directorate of Geology & Mines (U.P), Lucknow vide letter No. 229 (1)/MP/2017
dated 07/05/2018.
The land use pattern of the mining lease is given in Table 4-5.

Table 4-5: Existing Landuse of the Mining Lease
Gata Forest Private Land Total
Government
Mining Lease No. Land Area
(Ha.) Land (Ha.) (Ha.)
(Ha.)
River Sand / 1/1 -- -- 52.63 52.63
Morrum /
Bajari Total 52.63
4.3.2 Site Clearance

The total area of mining lease is 52.63 Ha, where only few thorn bushes are
found, and also the approach road are present which connects mine site to nearest
village road hence need to develop approach road does not arise. So site clearance
activities are not involved except removal of few bushes if need arises.
4.3.3 Mining Activity
Mining
Total 52.63 ha of mine lease area is River Bed area (Govt. Land). The extraction
of materials is proposed from the riverbed, mining below the existing streambed
and alteration of channel-bed form and shape may lead to several impacts such as
erosion of channel bed and banks, increase in channel slope, and change in
channel morphology if, the operations are not carried out systematically.
Transport of Mineral, Waste and O.B

Trucks transporting materials would increase once mining would start
functioning. It would pass through Kaccha Road (Mine site to NH-73) which is
connected to National Highway- 73 ~ 1.42 km in NW direction from mine site.
This would cause generation of dust, spread of pollutants and deposition of
particulates along the road.
There is no waste or mineral rejects generation in the proposed mining of river
sand, therefore, no provision of stock yard is proposed. The entire mineral
produced is useable.
4.3.4 Reclamation
As the mine area lies on the river bed, the area will be reclaimed naturally with
sediments, gradually during monsoon Seasons.
Table 4-6: Land Use pattern at the end of life of mine
Type of Land Use Existing in End of five years in River
S. No.
River bed bed
(in Hectares) (in Hectares)
River bed area 49.31
1. 49.31
Infrastructure (road) 00.00

2. 00.00
Agriculture 00.00
3. 00.00
Plantation 17.3679*(Plantation will

4. 00.00
be carried outside the lease
area)
Habitation 00.00
5. 00.00
Soil dump 00.00

6. 00.00
OB dump 00.00
7. 00.00
Blocked area of 6.31% 3.32

8. 3.32
blocked in 7.5m
Statuary barrier five
Years lease
Boundary etc.= (in sqm)
Total 52.63 52.63
The likely impact score on land environment is given in Table 4-7.

Table 4-7: Impact Scoring Land Use/ Land Cover
Impact Scoring
Impacting Final
Impact Consequence, Probability, Remarks
Activity Score
C P
CXP
Change in Land
Mining
use during -1 3 -3 -
Activity
mining activity
4.3.5 Mitigation Measures
 Mine will be done leaving 6.31% of the total area as safety zone from the banks
for bank protection.
 Check dams have been constructed at various places for protection of banks
against direct attack of the rivers and avoid bank cutting.
 Excavated area will be replenished naturally due to sediment inflow from the
catchment area.
 The mining is planned in non-monsoon seasons only so that the excavated area
will be replenished naturally during the subsequent rainy season. Restoration of
bank will be ensured at the end of mine closure every year. Grasses and bushes
which have fibrous roots at the first instance are proposed to grown along the
banks which enhances the binding properties of the soil. Hence protecting the
banks. The systematic and scientific removal of sand will not cause bed
degradation.
4.4 Air Environment
4.4.1 Mining Activity
Emission of PM10 from Mining Area

The emission rates for the different sources in the mining area were calculated
primarily based on emission factor equation given in latest USEPA‟s AP-42
guidelines. As the proposed mine development will be undertaken in
environmentally friendly manner as per the stipulated guidelines, activity specific
control factors have been considered in calculation the final emission rates.
Emission of PM10 due to Transportation

Opencast mining activity causes some impacts on the surrounding environment
unless proper environment management plan is adopted. Selecting suitable sites
for mining and also adopting all the guidelines prescribed by the Ministry of
Environment Forest and Climate Change (MoEF & CC) can minimize the major
possible impact.
In this section, an attempt has been made to quantify the possible environment
impact on air environment. The magnitude and significance of the air pollution
caused by mining depends on method of mining, scale and concentration of
mining activity.
There will be no drilling and blasting in this mining lease therefore, this activity
will not cause any impact on air pollution. Mining operation will be carried out in
one shift through manual mining to achieve the production.
The transportation of minerals from the project site to Saharanpur will be done by
truck of 25 tons capacity which will move on Kaccha road first from project site
to tar road and finally on National Highway -73.
4.4.2 Quantitative Estimation of Impacts on Air Environment
Model Setup
Emission of Particulate Matters (PM10)

The major sources of particulate matter emission in case of sand mining project
are the loading activity at mine site (loading of material over trucks/tippers by
excavators) and the transportation of sand. The emission rates for these sources
are given in latest USEPA‟s AP-42 guidelines.
Loading of Material
The sand will be loaded on trucks/tippers using excavators. Excavators/JCBs will
be used for loading total 3157 cm of sand during the working shift of 8 hours/day.
The PM10 emission rate due to loading activity is calculated using below
equation.
( )
( ) --- AP42 (Nov2006)
()
Where,
E = Emission Factor, kg/ton
k = Particle size multiplier, 0.35 for PM10
M = Moisture Content, %
u = Mean wind speed, m/s
Transportation
The hauling of sand from the mining pit to outside via unpaved roads (haul roads
and connecting roads) will cause emission of particulate matters. These
particulate matters get settled in proximity of the unpaved road only. As per the
mining plan, transportation of 3157 cum of mineral will be carried out for 8
hours/day. Each day maximum 40 trucks will do about 4 trips for transporting
sand. The following empirical expressions is used to estimate the quantity in
pounds (lb) of size-specific particulate emissions from an unpaved road in
industrial sites, per vehicle mile traveled (VMT)
(
)() --- AP42 (Nov 2006)
Where
k, a, b are empirical constants i.e. different for different particle size.
E = size-specific emission factor (lb/VMT)
s = surface material silt content (%)
W = mean vehicle weight (tons)
C = emission factor for 1980's vehicle fleet exhaust
Summary of calculated Emission Rates
Summary of emission rates of PM10 used for modeling are presented in Table.
Table 4.8 Emissions Rates for PM10
PM10 Loading
k x 0.0016 x ((U/2.2)^1.3/(M/2)^1.4) Kg/ton 0.000268 0.029431276
of Material
PM10-
Transportation (kx(s/12)^0.9)x((W/3)^0.45)) lb/VMT 1.771208064 499.3035532
on Haul Road
Meteorological Data
The meteorology of the project area plays very important role in dispersion of
pollutants and built up of pollution within the atmosphere. In the present study,
one season (March to May18) meteorological data has been taken to find the
dispersion of pollutant concentration. The mixing height for study period, which
is an important parameter to express the dispersive potential of atmosphere, has
been taken from the atlas of hourly mixing height and assimilative capacity of
atmosphere in India (S.D. Attri et al., 2008).
Modeling Methodology
ISCST3 model was used to predict the GLC of PM10 due to loading activity at
mine site, and line source was used for modeling the emission from
transportation of mineral on unpaved haul roads/connecting roads.
ISCST3 Model
Point sources resembling loading activity at seven locations in mine site were
setup in the ISCST3 model. Point receptors resembling baseline monitoring
stations and polar grid receptors were setup in 10 km radius for prediction of
incremental concentrations.
Results
The predicted maximum incremental concentration for PM10 due to loading and
transportation was found at A1 (Project Site) wiz.1.6209µg/m3 (24-hourly
average). The incremental concentration of PM10 at all other locations was
significantly less due to large distances.
The predicted 24-hours cumulative GLCs of PM10 at baseline air quality
monitoring locations are presented in Table.
Table 4.9 – Predicted GLC of PM10 at Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations
Predicted GLC
Cumulative
Location Max Baseline (µg/m3) –
AAQM Location Name GLC
Code Conc. (µg/m3) Loading
(µg/m3)
+Transporation
A1 Mine Site 1.72755 59.9

58.19
A2 Village Lapra 0.44933 59.1
58.66
A3 Village Binna Kheri 0.16069 55.0
54.86
A4 Village Ghoran 0.31620 58.8
58.48
A5 Village Mandi 0.07879 68.5
68.42
A6 Village Sarsawa 0.1213 68.5
68.42
A7 Village Haidarpur 0.27996 54.5
54.26
Figure 4.1– Spatial distribution of predicted GLCs of PM10
4.4.3 References
 CPCB (1998): Assessment of Impact to air environment: Guidelines for

conducting air quality modeling, PROBES/70/1997-98.
 USEPA AP-42 Guidelines
 ISCST3 User Guide
The proposed mining operations are anticipated have low impact on the ambient
air quality. The following measures are suggested to mitigate any harmful impacts
of pollutants -
 Planning multiple transportation routes in different direction to minimize the dust
generation.
 Planning paved roads outside mine lease area to minimize the dust generation.
Alternatively, planning transportation routes so as to reach the nearest paved
roads by shortest route. (minimize transportation over unpaved road);
 Frequent water sprinkling on unpaved roads (>2L/m2)
 Plantation of trees along haul roads, especially near settlements, to help to reduce
the impact of dust on the nearby villages;
 Dust mask shall be provided to the workers engaged at dust ge1neration points
like excavations and loading points;
4.4.5 Conclusion
 The predicted concentrations from mining activities are insignificant; whereas

transportation is the major of source of dust emission.
 Under controlled conditions (with mitigation measures), predicted cumulative
concentrations of PM10 are meeting the prescribed NAAQ standards.
 The concentrations of CO, SO2 and NO2 generated from mining area are
expected to be low due to absence of any major source.
 The predicted concentrations are due to proposed sand mine only and higher
pollutant concentrations may be observed in the study area due to simultaneous
operations of other mines / anthropogenic activities, data for which is not
available.
Following precautions will be taken while transporting the mineral: -
 The maximum depth of Sand/Morrum/Bajari quarrying in the river bed shall not
exceed 3 meters measured from the un-mined level at any point of time or the water
table whichever is less.
 The quarrying of Sand / Morrum / Bajari shall be prohibited within 300 m on both
sides of any railway bridge or any bridge falling under any National Highway /
State Highway and shall be prohibited 100 m of both sides of any other bridge.
 No quarrying shall be permitted within 50 m of any public place i.e. cremation or

any religious place etc.
 No quarrying shall be permitted within 5 m from both banks of the river.
 The quarrying of Sand /Morrum /Bajari shall be prohibited within 100 m upstream
and downstream from any dam / weir or any other structure erected for irrigation
purpose.
 No quarrying shall be permitted within 46 m distance from Flood control

embankments.
 No quarrying shall be permitted around the infiltration well / intake well up to a

distance of 5 meters.
 The extraction of Sand / Morrum/ Bajari shall be permitted only after obtaining a
“No Objection Certificate” from the Water Resources department in the case of
rivers where from irrigation channels are out flowing.
 No quarrying of sand/Morrum/Bajari shall be permitted in any private land owned

by a person other than the settle unless the settle obtains the consent of the
concerned land owner / raiyat.
 No quarrying of sand/Morrum/ Bajari shall be permitted in any area which the state
government notifies as a restricted area.
 Water spraying along the haul roads & transportation routes to prevent air pollution.
 Maintain the health of the transportation roads.
 Transportation by covered trucks.

 Maintenance of trucks to prevent spillage and noise minimization.
 Use of proper PPE‟s for the workforce is ensured.
Conclusion
From the results of AIRMODE 9.50 models, it is concluded that the maximum
cumulative concentrations of PM10 both due to mining activities and transportation are
expected to be high but meeting the prescribed standard for PM 10 within the mining
zone. Further, the maximum incremental concentration due to mining activities is
much lower in comparison to transportation which is major source of high
concentration levels. Outside the mining zone, the impact on nearby settlements is
low.
The concentrations of SOx and NOx generated from mining area are expected to be
low due to absence of any major sources. The concentration of CO due to vehicle
exhaust is also low due to small number of vehicles plying on haul road.
It should be noted that the predicted concentrations are due to M/s. Prime Vision
Industries Pvt. Ltd – River Sand/Morrum/Bajari mine only and higher pollutant
concentrations may observed in the study area due to simultaneous operations of other
mines / other anthropogenic activities, data for which is not available.
The overall impact on air quality due to proposed mining project is expected to be high
within the mining lease area and in proximity of haul roads. To minimize the pollutant
PM10 concentration, the following control measure will be adopted by the project
proponent –
 As there is no settlement adjoining the proposed mine and the impact on nearest
village will be low, no specific mitigation measures are suggested to be taken at
nearby settlements. However, medical checkups and awareness campaigns will be
planned as part of Environmental Enhancement / CER activities.
 Nose mask will be provided to the workers and their use will be strictly monitored.
Frequent medical checkups, trainings and campaigns will be arranged to ensure
awareness about importance of wearing nose masks among labours / drivers.
 Increased frequency of water spray on haul roads to avoid dust generation during
transportation. (>2l/m2).
 Transportation of materials shall be carried out during day time only in covered
trucks.
 The speed of dumpers plying on the haul road will be limited to avoid generation
of dust.
 Haul road shall be covered with gravels.
4.4.6 Fugitive Dust Generation during Reclamation

Ambient Air quality measured in the area is reflection of mining activities not due
to Sand/Morrum/Bajari mine alone but activities of the adjacent mining leases,
traffic on the road and other activities.
However, the mining activities are not going to cause any adverse impact since
the incremental increase and predicted PM 10 at the nearby villages are within the
norms of the residential area.
The likely impact score on air environment is given in Table 4-8.
Table 4-8: Impact Scoring Air Environment
Impact Scoring
Final Score C X P
Probability, P
Consequence, C
Impacting Activity
Impact
Remarks
Score for consequence is

Fugitive Dust generation taken as -2 as it is an
Excavation
may cause breathing -2 5 -10 negative impact and
of Pit
problems probability score is taken as 5
as it is an continues activity
Consequence score is taken
Air emission from
as -2 as this activity will have
vehicle plying and dust
Transportatio minor impact with no lasting
emission may cause -2 5 -10
n of mineral detrimental effect, as it is an
breathing problems and
continues activity probability
other health risks
score of 5 is taken

The proposed mining operations are not anticipated to raise the concentration of
the pollutants beyond prescribed limits. However, the following measures are
suggested to mitigate any harmful impacts of pollutants;
 Plantation of trees along haul roads, to help reduce the impact of dust on the
nearby villages;
 Planning transportation routes of mined material so as to reach the nearest
paved roads by shortest route. (minimize transportation over unpaved road);
 Dust mask shall be provided to the workers engaged at dust generation points
like excavations and loading points;
 Regular water sprinkling on unpaved roads to avoid dust generation during
transportation;
 Transportation of material shall be carried out during day time only;
 The speed of trucks plying on the haul road should limited to avoid generation
of dust;
 Haul road shall be covered with gravels; and covering of material during
transportation on trucks to prevent spillage of sand from the trucks. The trucks
shall be covered by tarpaulin. Overloading shall be avoided.
4.5 Noise and Vibration

Adverse impact on noise level is due to vehicular movements during mining
phase, during operation etc. and vehicle movement during transportation of
mineral.
The proposed project related activities will lead to emission of noise that may
have minor impact on the surrounding communities in terms of minor increase in
noise levels. The potential impacts on noise level may arise out of the following:
4.5.1 Noise from Machinery and Equipment during Mining

During mining phase vehicle movements and operation of Dumper, tractor, etc.
will lead to generation of noise. The equipment will be used during daytime and
will emit noise within permissible limits. Thus, there will not be any adverse
impact on nearby habitation due to proposed activity.
4.5.2 Noise from Vehicular Traffic

Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will
cause minor noise emission the modeling for the same is carried out using
hemispherical sound wave propagation.
4.5.3 Assessment of Noise Level Using Model
For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogeneous loss free
medium, one can estimate noise levels at various locations at different sources
using model based on first principle.
Lp2 = Lp1 - 20 log (r2/r1) - Ae1, 2.
Where
Lp1 & Lp2 are sound levels at points located at distances r1 & r2 from the source.
Ae1, 2 is the excess attenuation due to environmental conditions. Combined effect
of all the sources than can be determined at various locations by logarithmic
addition
Lp total = 10 log (10(Lp1/10) + 10(Lp2/10) + 10(Lp3/10) +……).
The sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate
Sound Pressure Levels are considered slightly on the higher side for more critical
analysis and are given in Table 4-9.
Table 4-9: Noise Generating Machinery at Mining Lease
S. No. Source Name Noise Level dB(A)
1. Dumper 100
With the above consideration, model was run and results were generated at the
project site using the model, the results obtained are given in Table 4-10.
Table 4-10: Noise Level at Receptor during Mining Activities
Baseline Noise Level dB(A)
S. No.
Post Project Noise Level dB(A)

Distance from Mining Lease (m)
Direction from Mining Lease

Location
Remarks
Mine Site - Core Within the CPCB limit for

1 67.94 69.53
Zone Industrial Area
Village Lapra 2.00 km WNW Within the CPCB limit for
2 52.51 52.62
Residential Area
Village Binna 4.30 km SE No addition in noise level
3 Kheri 50.4 50.4
due to mining activities
Village Ghoran 4.55 km NE No addition in noise level
4 51.4 51.4
Baseline Noise Level dB(A)
S. No.
Post Project Noise Level dB(A)

Distance from Mining Lease (m)
Direction from Mining Lease

Location
Remarks
Village Mandi 3.0 km NW No addition in noise level
5 51.4 51.4
Village Sarsawa 7.20 km SSE No addition in noise level
6 51.2 51.2
Village Haidarpur 3.30 km SE No addition in noise level
7 50.6 50.6
Observation
 Incremental noise level in nearest habitation area at a distance of 500 m from

site will be in the range of 1.59 dB (A) during day time at mine site & 0.11 dB
(A) at Lapra village.
 Beyond 500 m from the project area, increase in noise level, due to proposed
activities, will be negligible.
 Noise level does not exceed the CPCB limit at any location due to mining
activity.
The likely impact score on noise environment is given in Table 4-11.
Table 4-11: Impact Scoring Noise Environment
Impact Scoring
Impacting Activity
Impact
Remarks
Final Score C X P
Consequence, C
Probability, P
Consequence score is
taken as -1 as the
incremental noise level
Noise generation will
due to mining activity will
Excavation disturbance to workers
-1 5 -5 be 1.59 dB(A) at the
of Pit and ecology and
boundary of habitation
biodiversity of the area
and probability is taken as
5 as it is a continues
activity
Transportati Noise generation will Consequence score is
-1 5 -5
on of disturbance to workers taken as -1 as the
Impact Scoring
Impacting Activity
Impact
Remarks
Final Score C X P
Consequence, C
Probability, P
mineral, and ecology and incremental noise level
biodiversity of the area due to mining activity will
be 1.59 dB(A) at the
boundary of habitation
and probability is taken as
5 as it is a continues
activity

The following control measures will be adopted to keep the ambient noise levels
well below the limits:
 Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of dumper at regular intervals will be
done to reduce generation of noise.
 Adequate silencers will be provided in all the diesel engines.
 Green Belt and Plantation will be developed around the mining activity area
and long haul roads. The plantation minimizes propagation of noise.
 Periodical monitoring of noise will be done.
 The vehicles will be maintained in good running condition so that noise will
be reduced to minimum possible level.
 In addition, truck drivers will be instructed to make minimum use of horns in
the village area and sensitive zones.
 Awareness will be imparted to the workers about the permissible noise levels
& maximum exposure to those levels.
4.5.5 Ground Vibration

The area is however covered with sand and loose formations which indicate the
high absorption of disturbances in the grounds, if any caused due to any kind of
activities. The mineral Sand/Morrum/Bajari is a soft mineral and also has a high
absorption of water, noise and other aspects.
As mining will be carried out without drilling and blasting, there will be
insignificant impact due to mining activities.
However, workers working on dumpers will be subjected to vibrations required,
maintenance of machines. Maintenance of road is essential to reduce vibrations
and jerks to take care of health of workers.
Vibrations due to movement of dumpers can be a source and identification of
sources of body pain, spinal and authopredic problems to workers and necessary
treatment will be provided time to time. Provide adequate control measures for
ground movement. Adequate safety retaining wall at the bottom of dumps
backfilled area will also provide stability to mining, dumping and reclaimed area.
4.5.6 Measures to Minimize Vibrations due to blasting and check noise pollution
The permissible peak particle velocity limits is as follows: -
Type of structure Dominant excitation frequency, Hz.

< 8 Hz. 8- 25Hz. > 25 Hz.
(A) Building/ Structures not belonging to the owner
(i) Domestic houses/ structures 5 10 15
(Kaccha, Brick & Cement)
(ii) Industrial Buildings 10 20 25
(R.C.C. & Framed structures)
(iii)Objects of historical importance & 2 5 10
sensitive structures
(B) Buildings belonging to owner with limited span of times
(i) Domestic houses/ structure 10 15 25
(Kaccha, Brick & Cement)
(i) Industrial Buildings 15 25 50
(R.C.C. & Framed structures)
4.6 Surface Water
4.6.1 Surface Water Flow

Mining will not touch the water Stream at any point of time. No mining will be
done in monsoon affecting surface water. The mining project will also be done in
dry area of river bed hence there will be no adverse impact on the surface water as
well.
4.6.2 Water Quality
The water will pass through broken land, waste dump, top soil stack & its quality
is likely to deteriorate. The mineral is nontoxic and therefore there will be no
toxicity in water due to mining. The speed of flowing water & waste is likely to
increase T.D.S. and suspended solids but as the gradient is almost flat will not
travel to long distances. This can be checked with proper mitigations.
As the mining activity is very limited and deployment of machines is very limited
the impact predicted due to spillage is found to be negligible as it will restricted to
mining pits and up to the dump / stack areas.
The baseline study done for water flow & surface water quality does not show any
quality deterioration in water and quantity.
The likely impact score on surface water environment is given in Table 4-12.
Table 4-12: Impact Scoring Surface Water
Impact Scoring
Probability, P
Impacting Activity
Consequence, C
Final Score C X P
Impact
Remarks
Water taken as -1.66 as it is
consumption a negative impact and
Excavation of for drinking and the water quantity
Pit (Usage of domestic will have mean score
-8.33 (~ -
Surface Water purpose will -1.66 5 of 1.66, probability
8)
during mining create burden score is taken as 5 as
activity) on existing water will be
water consumed as long as
availability mine is in running
condition
4.6.3 Mitigation Measure

 Project activity will be carried out in the non-monsoon season. Hence, none of
the project activities affect the water environment directly. In the project, it is
not proposed to divert or truncate any stream in case of river bed mining.
 No proposal is envisaged for pumping of water either from the river or
tapping the ground water.
 The deposit will be worked from the top surface up to a maximum depth of 3
m below ground level or above the ground water table whichever comes first.
 No waste water will be discharged from the mining activities. Septic tanks and
soak pits will be provided for the disposal of domestic effluent generated from
mine office.
4.7 Groundwater
 The mining in the outside riverbed area may cause the ground water
contamination due to intersection of the water table but as mining activities will
be carried till a depth of 3 m only it will not intersect the Groundwater.
 Ground Water contamination due to discharge of mine run off. Domestic water
disposal is a possibility.
As the mineral is non-toxic in nature chances of accumulation of toxic substance

in groundwater is ruled out.
Waste water generation Treatment and Disposal

There is no generation of the wastewater from the mining operations. Water used
for dust suppression along the haulage roadways and at mining faces is not
accepted to generate any wastewater as it will percolate through ground and for
evaporate. The domestic sewage is the only waste water generations at the mining
lease that is in negligible quantity. Hence no impact of wastewater is envisaged.
The likely impact score on groundwater environment is given in Table 4-13.
Table 4-13: Impact Scoring Groundwater
Impact Scoring
Final Score C X P
Probability, P
Consequence, C
Impacting
Impact Remarks
Activity
taken as -1 as it is
negative impact and
Mining Quality of probability score is taken
-1 4 -4
Activities Groundwater as 4 as surface runoff
may effect quality of
groundwater several time
during the life of mine

 The water table will not be intersected during mining in the outside riverbed as
ultimate depth is limited up to 3 meters.
 Proper analysis / Monitoring will be done to check the ground water.
 The municipal wastewater will be disposed of into septic tanks and soak pit.
 No chemical having toxic elements will be used for carrying out mining activity
 Waste water will be disposed of in septic tank
 No chemical having toxic elements will be used for carrying out mining
activity.
 Mining activities are so planned that no drainage will be disturbed; a safety zone
for each drainage of 7.5 m will be left on both sides.
 The benches of mining pits, terraces of waste dumps and soil dumps will have
grass plantation during the rain so that it will also reduce the land degradation.
 Construction of check dams and gully plugs are proposed in these drainages so
that speed of water flowing during rains does not increase abruptly to cause land
slide and degradation of land.
 Regular monitoring of quality of water and surface water flow in these
drainages are proposed to take care of adverse impact due to mining.
The efforts made by us within our M.L. area will definitely reduce the impact.
Regular monitoring of water quality/ suspended particulars in water during the
rains will be made by us at the Yamuna River.
4.8 Soil
Soil quality may be affected by mining activity. The impacts would be
degradation of soil or change in its structure due to compaction and erosion
during excavation, stacking activities and plying of trucks during operational
phase.
4.8.1 Loss of Top Soil during Mining

As this is a riverbed mining project, hence there is no loss of top soil. Mining
shall be done only in riverbed area.
Mining activity may increase the soil erosion and soil degradation which may
have adverse impact on soil fertility.
Impact of Domestic Solid waste

Small amount of domestic waste will be generated for which dustbin will be kept
at proper place.
The likely impact score on groundwater environment is given in Table 4-14.
Table 4-14: Impact Scoring for Soil Environment
Impact Scoring
Consequence, C
Final Score C X P
Impacting Activity
Probability, P
Impact
Remarks
Excavation Soil
and contamination Consequence score is taken as
-1 5 -10
transportation and removal -1 as it is less negative impact.
of mineral of top soil
 Use symbiotic and non-symbiotic microbes along with organic manures for
efficient rising of trees (afforestation).
 Trucks carrying raw material should be covered to avoid dusting.
 Soil (EC, pH & ESP) and Water (EC, pH & SAR) quality should be
monitored periodically and if they become alkaline use iron pyrite or sulphur
as an amendments.
 Treatment of soil with additional combination for restoring and upgrading the
quality of soil like mixing of organic manures, recycling of crops, etc.
4.9 Topography, Hydrology, and Drainage

Mining is proposed to be carried out from RL 229.00 - 214.00 mRL during
mining the depth of the pit will not increase more than 3 m during the life of
mine. As the river sand mined out will be replenished every year during rainy
season there will be no permanent change in the topography of the mining lease
and the adjoining area. Statutory boundary of 7.5 m from banks or river will be
maintained during mining so that banks are protected from erosion, hence erosion
of banks are also not anticipated.
Change in Drainage Pattern

The drainage pattern is not likely to be disturbed due to mining, since we are
proposing to depth of the mining 3m. There is no proposal of any stream
modification/diversion due to this mining activity hence there will be no adverse
impact on flow of the river.
Mitigation Measure
 The mining will be done systematically up to a depth of 3 m.
 We are proposing to develop the green belt on statutory boundary on banks of
river and plant grasses/ some fruit trees which will be beneficial during the
mining and also after closure of the mines.
4.10 Ecology and Biodiversity
4.10.1 Ecological Component Likely to be impacted

Based on project activities and aspects, following ecological components are
determined, which may face likely impacts in different phases of project duration.
During Mining Activities

 Mining on the streambed, braided flow or subsurface inter-sand flow may
hinder the movement of fishes between pools. Transportation of
Sand/Morrum/Bajari in the trucks/dumper will disturb the movement of Wild
animals and reptiles.
 Fugitive emission from vehicle movement will form a layer in leaves thus
reducing the gaseous exchange process. This ultimately affects the growth of
plant.
 Chances of vehicle collisions with wildlife attempting to cross roads are
possible.
 Indiscriminate mining from active channels of rivers causes many adverse
effects on the benthic fauna, which inhabits the bottom sandy substratum.
 Excessive minerals extraction from rivers affects the eco-biology of many
terrestrial insects whose initial life history begins in aquatic environments.
 Mining may drive away the wildlife from their habitat, and significantly affect
wildlife and nearby residents.
 During Excavation of mineral and its transportation noise will be generated
which will have minor negative impact as the normal faunal movement will be
hindered. Surface runoff might have a negative impact as water body might get
contaminated by it.
The likely impact score on ecological environment is given in Table 4-15.

Table 4-15: Impact Scoring on Ecological Environment
Impacting Activity Impact Scoring
Impact
Remarks
Final Score C X P
Consequence, C
Probability, P
As no trees are present
No trees are
clearance of thorny bushes will
present in the
not result in loss of flora in true
lease area only
sense hence for consequence
thorny bushes are
Site scoring of -1 is given,
present, hence site -1 1 -1
Clearance probability score of 1 is given
specific loss of
as very few thorny bushes are
floral species and
present hence uprooting of them
associated faunal
will be a rarely encountered
species
phenomenon
Uprooting of
Mining Consequence is given a score of
common species
activity -1 as faunal species present in
hence loss of
including -1 4 -4 the mining lease are a few
floral species and
transportati thorny bushes and they will not
associated faunal
on have significant impact
species
4.10.2 Mitigation Measures for Flora

 Transportation of mineral will be minimize in the morning and evening and
cannot be done in night. Access roads will not encroach into the riparian zones.
Plantation will be carried out on approach roads and nearby vicinity at river banks
areas. It is proposed to include Cordifolia, Aegle marmelos, Albizzia Lebbek,
Azadirachta Indica, Bosweelia Serrata, Butea monosperma, Cassia Fistula, Cordia
Dicotoma, Dalbergia Sissoo, Embica Offcinalis, Eucalyptus Hybrid in the
plantation program as they serve as sinks for gaseous emissions.
 Haul roads will be sprinkled with water which would reduce the dust emission,
thus avoiding damage to the crops. Annual bio-monitoring of roadside plants
exposed to vehicular pollution will be done to check the dust load.
 Transportation of mineral will be minimize in the morning and evening and
cannot be done in night
 No mining will be carried out during the monsoon season to minimize impact on
aquatic life which is mainly breeding season for many of the species.
 As the mining site has no vegetation, no clearance of vegetation will be done.
 Prior to closure of mining operations / during the rainy season the eroded bank
will be restored / reclaimed to minimize negative impacts on aquatic habitats.
 Haul roads will be sprinkled with water which would reduce the dust emission,
thus avoiding damage to the crops.
 Mining will be carried out on the dry part of the lease area to avoid disturbance
to the aquatic habitat and movement of fish species.
 No discard of food, polythene waste etc. will be allowed in the lease area which
would distract/attract the wildlife.
 No night time mining will be allowed which may catch the attention of wild life.
 Workers will be made aware of the importance of the wildlife and signage will
be displayed at the sensitive areas to caution the workers & other passerby.
 Access roads will not encroach into the riparian zones and if any riparian
vegetation cleared off for the mining activity will be restored at the end of
closure of mine.
All this results concluded that mining activity will have minor effect on the
existing flora and fauna.
4.11 Socio economic Environment

The mining activities in the proposed area will definitely help in the improvement
of socio¬-economic status of the people around the mine area by generating direct
or indirect employment opportunities. The project will also attract ancillary and
related small-scale industries in the adjoining areas.
Continued mining activities will benefit the local people due to provision of more
infrastructural facilities provided by local industry as mining industry will boost
up the local market.
Since, the extraction of the reserves of this mineral is economically viable, their
proper utilization will improve the economic status of the people nearby and the
country as a whole.
The social welfare activities will be handled by a full time team of village
development officials, who will monitor the programme and give necessary back-
up support. The programmes will be made broad based by involvement of local
groups and government agencies to the maximum extent possible.
4.11.1 SOCIO ECONOMIC IMPACT
Socio-economic survey was conducted in six villages within the study area
located in all directions with reference to the project site. The respondents were
asked for their awareness/opinion about the project and their opinion about the
impacts of the project, which is an important aspect of socio-economic
environment, viz. job opportunities, education, health care, transportation facility
and economic status.
According to survey carried out in the study area, the observations made are as
follows:
 The study area is following under the categories of rural area and the main
occupation is agriculture (farming) and labor work on the daily basis, the
average per day income of the people living in study area is about Rs 200 to
Rs 250 per day. Any project or mining activities in this area will generate
employment to these people and hence their per day income may increase
from Rs. 350 to Rs. 400 per day. The public consultation in this area has
shown positive response for the mining activities as they will be having better
lively hood and good source of earning throughout the tenure of the project.
 Daily two hours a day (Morning & Evening) water is supplied in the villages.
These schemes are executed for smaller villages also, where normally there is
no dependable drinking water source. The water supply is provided to the
villagers with the help of a power pump, pipeline and tank under.
The respective Panchayat have to pass a resolution for taking over these
schemes for running and maintenance. Sometimes a smaller village may be
considered for piped water supply scheme due to special circumstances such
as existing topography or availability of distant drinking water source. Such
schemes are executed under Government of Uttar Pradesh in notified villages,
having more scheduled caste population, under Special Component Plan.
Water supply for villages / habitations under this plan are covered under (a)
State Programme, (b) Accelerated Rural Water supply Programme (ARWSP).
It has also found that hand pump water (India mark II) is unsafe for drinking;
it is only use for domestic purpose.
 Most of the houses were found semi – pakka & pakka.
 Villages are well connected by tarred roads with the district place.
 Communication facility is good due to better mobile network and

transportation facilities.
 LPG is used by villagers in general, as fuel for cooking; otherwise wood,
kerosene etc.
The mining project will impact the rural development in many ways. It will
increase the employment both directly and indirectly, increase the purchasing
power and saving also. New employment opportunities will help in increasing the
living standards also.
4.11.2 Measure to Improve Socio Economic Status

With mining activities, local people will have a lot of direct and indirect
employment avenues opened up. There will be direct employment opportunities
in the mine and also the secondary employment by providing services to the
employed manpower. The construction and operation phase of mine development
will increase income of local people as some local unskilled, semiskilled and
skilled persons will get engaged in various jobs suiting their capabilities. Thus the
local people will enjoy the economic upliftment. The following activities will be
followed: -
 Rural/village & Community welfare,
 Healthcare of local population,
 Free medical camps,
 Literacy awareness, supports to schools etc.,
 Environment protection and Environment awareness activities like
Environment awareness camps, plantation etc.
 Social awareness program.
 Thus the socio-economic status of the area will be improved.
4.11.3 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT (R&R) ACTION PLAN

Resettlement and Rehabilitation is not applicable as the total mining lease area is
a Govt. Waste land (River Bed) and no individuals are residing in the core zone
permanently or temporarily.
4.12 Occupational Health and Safety

Occupational health and safety (OHS) is a Gross-disciplinary area concerned with
protecting the safety, health and welfare of people engaged in work or

employment. The goal of all occupational health and safety programs is to foster a
safe work environment.
The mining operations will be carried out with all the safety measures laid down
in Mining Laws. Regular Medical checkup of workers will be done to check
occupational disease, if any, and respective records will be maintained at the
mine.
By formation of a medical team consisting of medical practitioners having
experienced in industrial disease supported by local Panchayat and mine owner
and expenses to be borne by mine owner.
Occupational health surveillance program:
Occupational health surveillance programme will include the following facilities:
 As per the provisions of Mines Act and rules and regulations made there
under, the management will undertake all the necessary precautions.
 Normal sanitary and cleaning facilities will be provided.
 All necessary first aid and medical facilities will be provided to the workers.
The mines are well equipped with proper fire protection and fire-fighting
equipment.
 All the necessary protective equipment's such as helmets, safety goggles,
earplugs, earmuffs, etc. will be provided to persons working in risky areas.
 Constant Monitoring of work practices including human behavior &
capabilities and developing awareness of competency level of human
resource will be done for effective implementation of OH&S Management
System.
 Pre-placement medical examination and periodical medical examination of
workers will be conducted such as Hematological Test, Biochemical Test,
Urine R/M, Spirometry, Audiometry, Vision test.
 Constant Monitoring system including infrastructure for identification of
potential deficiencies and their control to ensure occupational Health and
Safety.
4.12.1 Occupational Risk and Mitigation Measures

The occupational risk arising out of the mining activities and their mitigation
measures are given in Table 4-16.
Table 4-16: Occupational Risk and Mitigation Measure

Risk Mitigation measures
Statutory boundary of 7.5 m from banks or

Earth quakes and heavy rainfall may river will be maintained during mining so
cause erosion in the banks of river that banks are protected from erosion, hence
erosion of banks are also not anticipated.
It is proposed to plant 2777 No. of local
species per year with consultation of Forest
department with some fruit bearing and
Change in characteristics of top soil
trees, along the haul roads, outer periphery
within the mining area which enhances the
binding properties of the soil
No mining will be done in monsoon
affecting surface water. The mining project
Impact on surface water bodies will also be done in dry area of river bed
hence there will be no impact on the surface
water as well
Plantation of fruit trees surrounding houses,
schools & infrastructures to provide
assistance for connecting houses, dwellings
To increase long term income of
on hillock, scattered places by mule tracks,
surrounding population
steps & roads etc. Provision of emergency
medicines & one first aider at the scattered
places.
Awareness programmes to prevent illegal,
felling of trees. Isolation of domestic
animals to prevent attack by wildlife of the
Area is surrounding by reserve forest & area Maintenance of habitats of fauna of the
need suitable wildlife conservation plan area, suitable water holes, game trials and
these to be isolated from domestic animals.
To prevent hunting & unauthorized killing
of animals
Likely impact on health of mine worker is tabulated in Table 4-17.
Table 4-17: Impact on Health of Mine Worker and Mitigation Measure

Type of diseases Causes Protective measures
Suppression of dust and protective
Lung diseases Inhalation of dust
equipment‟s
Proper treatment of water & regular
Stomach diseases Water pollution
analysis
Night blindness Bad illumination Proper lighting
Working at high noise Measures to suppress noise, and
Hearing loss
areas protective equipment‟s
4.12.2 Occupational Risk and Arrangement Proposed
As discussed above the occupational risk is identified and the arrangement
proposed to mitigate the same are suggested in Table 4-18.
Table 4-18: Occupational Risk and Arrangement Proposed
Protective equipment’s
S. No Source/Location Provisions proposed
Proposed
1. Fall of sides /stones
Use of helmets, shoes,
a) At mining faces Working as per MMR,1961
knee caps goggles etc.
Proper terracing, stabilization
b) Dumps N.A.
&water drains
Movement of Proper gradient parapet walls
2. trucks & adequate lighting, reversing siren, N.A.
dumpers on road proper maintenance of trucks etc.
Workshop Hand gloves, welding
3. Provisions of MMR,1961
activities shields etc.
Dust & noxious
4. Standards as per DGMS & CPCB Use of dust mask
fumes
5. Noise pollution Standards as per DGMS & CPCB Use of ear muff/plug
Standards as per ISI & proper
6. Water pollution N.A.
arrangement for water drainage
Pit Safety Committee

Pit safety committee will be formed; the function of pit safety committee is given
below:
 To identify the risks at the mining faces, dumps, road and surface structures.
 To identify the unsafe acts.
 To identify the unsafe places.
 To identify the unsafe practices.
 To identify whether protective equipment are provided / used or not.
 To suggest corrective measures.
The composition of pit safety committee is given in Table 4-19.
Table 4-19: Composition of Pit Safety Committee
Mines Manager 1
Forman / Mining mate 1
Work men inspector 1
Machinery Operators 1
Dumper operator 1
Face workers 1
4.12.3 Prediction of likely Impacts on Socio-economic Environment

Parameter Local Regional Direct Indirect Reversible Irreversible
Employment + . + + . +
Income + . + + . +
Transport + + + + . +
Education + . + . . +
Medical + . + + . +
Facilities
Communication + + + + . +
Sanitation + . + . . .
Housing + . + . . +
Health + . + . + .
Recreation + + + + . +
Agriculture . . . . . .
Cost of living . . . . . -
Business + + + + . +
Per capita + + + + . +
Income
Pollution . . . . . .
+: Positive Impact.
- : Negative Impact
. : Insignificant
4.13 Summary of Overall Impacts

The River Sand /Morrum/Bajari mine of M/s. Prime Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd will be in
an area of 52.63 ha is Govt. waste land situated near village Dareya Baramad, District
Saharanpur (Uttar Pradesh). Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure Plan has been
approved by the Directorate of Geology & Mines (U.P), Lucknow vide letter No. 229
(1)/MP/2017 dated 07/05/2018.
The main impacts will be during the mining activities with respect to Air, Noise, Land,
Biological and socio-economic. Following is the summary of overall significant impacts
related to environmental components.
Environmental Attributes Major Impacts

Air Environment Fugitive emission due to transportation and
operation of machineries, marginal damage of
vegetation, health effect
Noise Environment Increase in Noise levels due machinery &
transportation
Water Environment Disturbance of Natural drainages, sewage
generation, runoff water
Land Environment Acquisition of land, loss of land use / land cover
area, change in soil quality, however positive
impact due to plantation in the mine lease area and
green belt around the mine lease area.
Biological Environment Loss of vegetation, migration of schedule fauna,
disturbance to fauna due to mining, noise
generation and trenching positive impact due to
plantation in and round mine lease area and along
the road side.
Socio- economic Environment Disturbance to the habitations due to mining
activities, No R & R, influx of people, However
positive impacts due to enhancement of economic
benefits through allied industries, improvement in
quality of life and employment etc.
Important Note: Major impacts area described above, there will not be any irreversible
damage due to the project. However, assessment of impacts with respect to all the
environmental components is made and measures are suggested. CER scheme as per
project specific requirement according to the project economic benefit will be
implemented and sufficient budgetary provision will be made available and implemented.
PRADESH ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5.1 Analysis of Alternate Site

It is fresh mining lease. Mine of Sand /Morrum/ Bajari is site specific. The mine
is to be located where the mineral exists in sufficient quantity to be economically
extracted. The site selected has following advantages:
1. The project site is a river bed land.
2. The area chosen for mining activities is not having habitation of any kind.
3. There are some other Sand /Morrum/Bajari mines in the study area, hence
basic infrastructure such as road and electric connection are available.
4. Better availability of experienced labors from nearby villages.
5. No endangered species around the mine site.
6. The mining project is site and mineral specific.
5.2 Analysis of Alternate Technology

The mining techniques have transformed dramatically since it began thousands of
years ago. With the development of new technologies, many advanced methods
have been adopted. It yields more extraction and least environmental impacts.
That commitment involves an intense drive to improve the safety and health of
workers and lifting the economic and environmental performance of mining
operations. Mining methods are constantly changing and improving as companies
forge new technologies to enhance rates of extraction and minimize impacts such
as noise, dust, and land and water disturbance. The mining methods used are (i)
open-cast and (ii) underground.
5.2.1 Open- Cast Mining

Open-cast semi-mechanized method of mining known as surface mining is most
effective when the mineral deposit is close to the surface. The mining process is
fundamentally different between the soft-rock and hard-rock operations. The
techniques involves with (or) without blasting depending on the hardness of the
rock and removing surface layers of soil and other rocks to reach the deposit. In
some cases, a separation process will be used to eliminate waste by-products. It
has maximum recovery of mineral compared to underground method of mining.

5.2.2 Underground Mining
There are several variations of underground mining. The common factor for all
forms of underground mining is the creation of tunnels extending from the surface
into the mineral seam/lode and the use of machinery to extract the mineral. The
most commonly used underground mining methods are stopping methods, board
& pillar, long wall, caving methods, cut & fill and retreat benching etc.
5.2.3 Selection of Mining Technology

After the complete analysis of various technologies, the nature of material to be
excavated that are in practice, it is proposed to operate the mine by opencast
manual method by using dumpers, as Sand/Morrum/Bajari deposits are close to
the surface. No other alternative technologies can be used because of the soft
nature of the Sand/Morrum/Bajari mineral. M/s. Prime Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd.
will use eco-friendly measures to minimize the impact on the surrounding
environment.
5.3 Process Flow Sheet, Infrastructures possibilities and selection

Table 5-1: Process Flow Sheet, Infrastructure
Activities Possibilities Final Selection
Mineral is soft and low cost hence
Mineral occurs near the surface
UG mining is not possible and
Mine Development and OC mining is possible
OC mining selected.
OC vs UG Mineral is bedded deposit and is
Final Depth of upto 3 m from the
likely to extend in depth
general surface level.
Mining lease area is river bed Mining lease area is river bed
Drilling and Blasting area, So Drilling and Blasting is area, So Drilling and Blasting is
not required not required
As per NGT directives only
Excavation of top soil, Manual Mining, Semi manual mining is allowed in the
Interbred, mineral Mechanized mining river beds, hence manual mining
is proposed.
The mineral extracted from the
The mineral extracted from the
river bed in the form Sand, will
river bed in the form Sand, will
Mineral Beneficiation be supplied to consumers. No
be supplied to consumers. No
beneficiation of the mineral will
beneficiation is required for sand.
be taken place within the allotted
Activities Possibilities Final Selection
area.
Reuse of Waste No waste will be generated No waste will be generated
By tucks/ dumpers as tractors are
Transportation of risky and they transport a lesser
By tractor/ tucks/ dumpers
mineral amount compared to trucks/
dumpers.
Statutory barriers, Nearby Statutory barriers, Nearby
Afforestation Panchayat, hospital, police station Panchayat, hospital, police station
and schools will be afforested and schools will be afforested
Preference shall be given to local
Employment Local person as per availability
people
The 1.42 km road connecting The 1.42 km road connecting
mine site to NH-73 will be mine site to NH-73 will be
Road construction
strengthened by using stones and strengthened by using stones and
pebbles pebbles
Nearest village is 0.33 km from
As discussed in Chapter 3 site
M.L area therefore minimum site
Site Services services will be developed in the
services will be developed in the
lease area
lease area
Requirement of water -- --
Construction of labor No colony proposed/ colony No colony is proposed as local
colony proposed workers will be hired
Power Not required Not required
Dumper contractors are available
locally and will be used and they
bring fuel from local petrol pump
Machineries on and therefore storage of fuel not
Not proposed within M.L area
contract work required within M.L area.
Workshop facilities are available
nearby & not required within M.L
area
It is all river bed and therefore no
Land acquisition Not proposed
land acquisition is proposed
PRADESH ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1 Monitoring Schedule and Parameters

A large part of the sampling and measurement activities will be concerned with
long term monitoring aimed at providing an early warning of the undesirable
changes or trends in the natural environment that could be associated with mining
and allied activities. This is essential to determine whether the changes area a
response to a cycle of climatic conditions or due to mining activities.
In particular, a monitoring strategy is required to ensure that all environmental
resources, which may be subjected to pollution, are kept under review.
Monitoring of the individual elements of the environment is necessary.
To meet the above objectives, an “Environmental Management Cell (EMC)” will

be formed, which will be responsible for implementation of EMP and Post
operating monitoring. The analysis of the data collected during the preceding
month and progress of environmental management system will be reviewed. The
following items will be considered under monitoring schedule is given in Table
6-1.

YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Table 6-1: Post project Environmental Monitoring Plan

Sampling Measurement
Attributes Test Procedure Responsibility
Network Frequency Method
Air Environment
Meteorological
Monitoring (Wind Regularly Mechanical/Automatic Environmental Officer/
One station at site Mechanized station
Direction , Relative Weather Station Mines Manager
Humidity, Rainfall)
3 locations in the IS 5182 (Part-23)
project impact area 2006,Gravimetric
PM10 and PM2.5 Once in a season As per CPCB norms
(Minimum 1 CPCB Guidelines For
i.e. 3 season in a
locations in upwind Ambient Air Environmental Officer/
year except
side, 1 sites in Monitoring Mines Manager
monsoon
downwind side / IS 5182 (Part-Ii)
SO2 As per CPCB norms
impact zone and one 2001,Reaff.2006
NO2 in core zone) IS 5182 (Part-Vi) 2006 As per CPCB norms
Water Environment (Surface and Ground Water)
0
pH (at 25 C), Color,
Turbidity, Odour,
Taste, Total Dissolved
2 Set of grab
Solid, Alkalinity,
Samples for ground
Chloride, Total As per IS: 10500: Environmental Officer/
and surface water in Once in a season As per CPCB norms
Hardness, Sulphate, 2012, APHA and IS Mines Manager
the vicinity of the
Nitrate, Iron, Fluoride,
project site
Magnesium, Boron,
Chromium, Copper,
Manganese
Nitrate, DO, BOD

(except GW), Total
Coliforms, E Coli
Noise
3 locations (1
location within Mine
boundary, High noise
Noise levels at
generating areas Once in a season Using Sound Level Environmental Officer/
Day & night time - Leq As per CPCB norms
within the lease and for 3seasons Meter (SLM) Mines Manager
dB (A)
1 locations of nearest
habitation and 1 of
nearest road)
Soil
pH (at 250C), Color
Texture, Moisture,
Content (%), Soil
Texture, Bulk Density,
Water Holding Capacity
Chloride, Calcium, 2 locations in the Once in a season
As per USDA Method, Environmental Officer/
Sodium, Potassium, project for 3 season in a As per CPCB norms
APHA and IS Mines Manager
Magnesium, Organic impact area year
Matter, Available
Nitrogen as N,
Available Phosphorous,
Zinc, Manganese, Lead,
Cadmium, Copper,
Chromium
Socioeconomic
Data collection on the
amount spent on CER Primary (Questionnaires) Environment Officer/
CER related In nearby villages Yearly
activities in the and Secondary Survey. Mines Manager
villages
Flora and Fauna
Visual Observation
Inventory of Flora and In core zone, Through Monitoring Environment Officer/
Yearly and Log Book of
Fauna in the area afforested area (personal survey) Mines manager
Plantation
Occupational Health of Mine Workers
Periodical Medical Schedule given in Medical checkup by Safety Officer/ Mines
- Medical report
Check Up Section 6.2.2 Doctor Manager
PROJECT FOR RIVER YAMUNA NEAR DAREYA BARAMAD ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH PROGRAM
6.2 Occupational Health Check Up
6.2.1 Medical Examination

The following medical examinations are recommended
 X – Ray of chest to exclude pulmonary TB, Silicosis etc.
 Lung Function test
 Audiometric test to check hearing losses
 Urine test, blood test, blood sugar etc.
 Eye test
6.2.2 Schedule of Health Check Up

The following schedule for medical checkup is recommended:
 Persons working as operators in the mine pit: Once in a Year (5 times in 5
Year).
 Persons working as worker and supervisory staff: Once in 1 Years (5 times in 5
Year).
 Persons working outside mine pit: Once in 2 Years (3 times in 5 Year).
6.3 Data Analysis and Reporting Schedule

Project proponent will get analyzed the sampling data by environmental
laboratory and compliance report will be sent to MoEF&CC and concerned
authority in every 6 months.

VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.1 Public Consultation

Public hearing is very significant part of the process of public participation
envisaged under the guidelines issued by MoEF & CC, Government of India. It
facilitates involvement of all the stake holders of the project which is essential for
ensuring smooth running of project and benefitting all sections of society in the
process of economic development of the region. The public hearing of sand
mining project Minor Mineral in the Mines of “M/s. Prime Vision Industries Pvt.
Ltd, having an area of 52.63 Ha in Gata No. 1/1 and situated near village: Dareya
Baramad, Tehsil & District: Saharanpur, Uttar Pradesh was conducted on
26.12.2018 at 12:00PM at Project Site in Vill.- Dareya Baramad, Tehsil &
District: Saharanpur, Uttar Pradesh under chairmanship of Chief Development
Office, Saharanpur, Uttar Pradesh r. The minutes of Public Hearing were
approved. The details are appended herewith:
7.1.1 Photographs of Public Hearing
Local Villager asking the question during PH Consultants Giving Reply to the Query

Local Public Present during Public Hearing Consultant Giving the Presentation
Local Public Present during Public Hearing

The Approved proceeding of public consultation is attached as Error! Reference
source not found..
Table 7-1: Minutes of Public Hearing
Name and address

S. No Question Reply Action plan Budget
of Stakeholder
Name and address
of Stakeholder
Regular water
sprinkling shall be
Lease holder Rs. 2.5
done on transportation
assured that they Lakhs/Year for
route to minimize the
will spend Rs. 2.5
dust exposure. health checkup
Shri Ashok Kumar Lakhs/Year for
Mr. Ashok asked Transportation camp under CER
Advocate Village health checkup
1. about the impacts on vehicles will be
Jootri, Tehsil camp for local activity and Rs.
health and its covered with tarpaulin
Nukur villagers under 6.48 Lakhs/Year
mitigation measures and health checkup
CER activity and for dust
camp for local
Rs. 6.48
villagers shall be suppression
Lakhs/Year for
conduct twice in a under EMP.
dust suppression
year.
Water sprinkling shall

be done 4-5 times in a
Shri Gurpreet Singh
day for dust
Bagga said that, Rs. 2.26 LPA for Rs. 2.26 LPA for
suppression,
Crops will be road maintenance road
overloading shall be
damage to and Rs. 4.50 LPA
avoided during mineral maintenance and
Shri Gurpreet transportation of
transportation which for plantation Rs. 4.50 LPA for
Singh Bagga mineral carrying
will help to reduce the purpose. 6.48
2. Petitioner NGT truck, Width of road, plantation
pollution level, width Lakhs/Year for
New Delhi 2-3 times per day purpose. 6.48
of road shall be dust suppression
water sprinkling on under EMP Lakhs/Year for
maintained up to 9-10
road is not sufficient
meter so two vehicles dust suppression
and pollution due to
cross each other easily under EMP
mining machineries
and plantation shall be
and vehicles.
done along with the
road.
GoI and state Govt.
Shri Sohib Removal of
grant the permission
Choudhary said that, sediments from
for reverbed mining
Village have already riverbed area to
project for removal of
flooded two times in avoid the flood
sediments from 6.48 Lakhs/Year
past and flood during the rainy
riverbed area to avoid for dust
problem will be season. Mining
the flood during the
increase due to shall be done in suppression
rainy season. Mining
Shri Sohib mining. He is further scientific manner under EMP and
3. shall be done in
Choudhary, said that railway in allotted
scientific manner in Rs. 2.26 LPA for
Haiderpur, Sarsawa crossing is nearby riverbed area only.
allotted riverbed area road
the village and Transportation
only. Transportation maintenance
during the school vehicles will be
vehicles will be
time morning and covered with
covered with tarpaulin
noon face the dust tarpaulin and wet
and wet by water
problem due to close by water during
during transportation
of Railway Crossing transportation and
and transportation shall
gate. transportation
be avoided during
Name and address
of Stakeholder
school hours. shall be avoided
during school
hours.
Mining will be
done only in
Mining will be done riverbed area and
Mr. Nitin said that,
only in riverbed area no mining will be
erosion of
and no mining will be done nearby the
agriculture land due
done nearby the agriculture land, 6.48 Lakhs/Year
to mining, who will
agriculture land, so so there is no for dust
be pay for that. He is
there is no chance of chance of land
further said that, due suppression
land degradation or degradation or
to transportation of under EMP and
4. Shri Nitin erosion. Transportation erosion.
mineral dust deposit
Haiderpur, Sarsawa vehicles will be Transportation Rs. 2.26 LPA for
will be done on the
covered with tarpaulin vehicles will be road
crops along with the
and wet by water covered with maintenance
road, due to dust
during transportation. tarpaulin and wet
deposit on the crops
Water sprinkling shall by water during
labours will not cut
be done 4-5 times in a transportation.
the crops who will
day for dust Water sprinkling
be pay for that loss.
suppression. shall be done 4-5
times in a day for
dust suppression.
Transportation route
Transportation route will not from any
from agriculture agriculture land, if we
land will be harmful land for road through
5. Shri Hazi Mehboob agriculture land. ---
agriculture land than No action required
Haiderpur, Sarsawa
agreement will be done
between land owner
and the mining lease
holder.
Mr. Amit Saini Sr.
Shri Choudhary He is thankful for Manager Overseas
6. Promad Haiderpur, the execution of Min-tech Consultant No action required ---
Sarsawa mining lease thankful to Mr
Choudhary Promad.
Demarcation of the
He is asked that,
Gatta No.-1/1, lease
Shri Nisar Ahemad what is the
area 52.63 ha will be
7. Ex- Pradhan procedure for ---
done under the No action required
Shahjhapur, demarcation of Gatta
supervision of the
Sarsawa No.-1/1, lease area
mining department
52.63 ha.
officers.
7.2 Risk Assessment
All types of industries face certain types of hazards which can disrupt normal
activities abruptly and lead to disaster like fires, inundation, failure of machinery
to name a few. Similarly Sand/Morrum/Bajari mines also have impending dangers
or risk which needs to be investigated and addressed. Disaster management plan is
formulated with an aim of taking precautionary steps to avert disaster and also to
take such action after the disaster which limits the damage to the minimum.
Nevertheless, the following natural/industrial problems may be encountered
during the mining operation:
 Inundation-Filling of the mine pit due to excessive rains/flooding.
 Accident due to fire.
As per proposal made under the Mining Plan, during proposed working, the area
will be developed by means of opencast mining method. Exploitation and
transportation of mineral are to be carried out by manual means only. Maximum
working depth is proposed to be 3.0 m. Groundwater table in this region is 9 -18
m below general ground level. Mining activities will not intersect the ground
water level. But possibility of accidental disaster is also not ruled out. Therefore,
all the statutory precautions should be taken for quick evacuation as per the Mines
Act 1952, the Mines Rules 1955, Rule of MMR- 1961 and the Rules of MCDR-
1988.
7.3 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment
7.3.1 Objective
 To identify risks which need maximum attention and the options for achieving
risk reduction.
 To identify which risks need careful ongoing management, the nature of
ongoing management as well as the indicators that show that the risk is being
managed.
 To identify triggers which might be used to monitor that hazard and initiate
remedial action if elimination is not feasible.
7.3.2 Definition
Hazard: Source of potential harm, injury or loss.
Risk: Combination of the likelihood of a specific unwanted event and the
potential consequence if it should occur
Risk assessment: the process that involves measurement of risk to determine
priorities.
Risk Control: Implementation of strategies to prevent or control hazards.
Risk rating: The category or level or risk assigned i.e. high, medium and low.
Risk Management: The description of the steps taken to manage the risk by
identifying hazards and implementing control in the work place.
Risk assessment process: - The goal for risk assessment is to identify hazard,
determine risk rating and controls.
Assemble the team: -The risk assessment should be done by involving different
categories of persons to provide their opinion on likelihood, consequence and
controls. The category of employees to be involved or Manager, Supervisor and
worker.
7.3.3 Identifying the Hazard

This should be done by using:
 Past experience of accident and occurrences at the mines
 Work process evaluation
 Consultation with employees
 Safety statistics for this or other mines.
The other method used IS:
 By way of activities like excavation, transportation etc.
 By way of equipment and machinery like Hydraulic excavator, trucks,
dumpers etc.
 By way of geographical areas like mining pit, dumps, mine road, etc.
Risk ranking: -The process of risk ranking is carried out by considering both the
likelihood of the occurrence of each hazard and the potential consequence should
the hazard occur. Each shall be estimated by engineering principle to enable the
risk ranking to be carried out. The risks are ranked according to the level of risk
i.e. the highest risk to the lowest risk.
The risk of any hazard is dependent upon the change that will be occurring
(likelihood) and the impact of an occurrence (consequence).
The risk score = likelihood x consequence
Consequence is the size of the loss or damage. In terms of health and safety, it is
the degree of harm that could be caused to people exposed to the hazards, the
potential severity of injuries or ill health and or the number of people who could
be potentially affected. It should be remembered that consequence of a hazard
need not only be in terms of safety criteria but could also be in terms of a money
loss, incurred costs, loss of production, environmental impacts as well as public
outrage.
Likelihood is the change that the hazard might occur
In some cases personnel are only exposed to the hazard for part of the time. A
more detailed analysis can be carried out of the risk ranking by taking this into
consideration. Replacing likelihood by exposure (% time personnel are present)
and probability (chance that they will be harmed).
Risk score = probability x exposure x consequence
The values used for likelihood, consequence, exposure or probability need to be
agreed by the risk assessment team. Risk ranking can be determined by qualitative
and quantitative means.
7.3.4 Risk Ranking Process

Table 7-2: Scale of Consequence
Several dead 5
One dead 1
Significant chance for fatality 0.3
One permanent disability/ Less change of fatality 0.1
Many lost time injuries 0.01
One lost time injury 0.001
Small injury 0.0001
Table 7-3: Scale of Exposure

Continuous 10
Frequent (daily) 5
Seldom (weekly) 3
Unusual (monthly) 2.5
Occasional (yearly) 2
Once in five years 1.5
Once in ten years 0.5
Once in 100 years 0.02
Table 7-4: Scale of Probability

May well be expected 10
Quite possible 7
Unusual but possible 3
Only remotely possible 2
Conceivable but unlikely 1
Practically impossible 0.5
Virtually impossible 0.1
 Based on the above guidelines hazard identification and risk assessment and
priorities have been done as step – 1.
 On the above guidelines the mechanism contributing principle hazards and
ranking have been done as step-2.
 The control measures and procedure for respective mechanism contributing
hazards have been tabulated as step -3.
Step – 1 – Initial Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment and Priority

Table 7-5: Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment
S Total
Description of hazard Consequence Probability Exposure
No. risk
1 Machinery / Dumper 0.3 2 5 3
2 Open cast working 1 2 5 10
3 Dumps 0.3 1 2 0.6
Shortage of skilled persons
4 0.3 3 5 4.5
/ deployment of unskilled
5 Poor supervision 0.3 3 5 4.5
6 Lack of awareness 0.3 3 2 1.8
Employment of contractors
7 0.3 3 5 4.5
workers
Step – 2 – Risk Assessment in Mine

Table 7-6: Risk Assessment in Mine
Major Conseq Proba
No. Mechanism Exposure Risk
Hazard uences bility
Major Conseq Proba
Cloud Burst 5 5
1. Inundation Nallah overflow 5 1 1 5
Water logged working 5 1 1 5
Geological
2. Lithology of the area 3 1 1 3
disturbance
Improper
3. strata Poor Workmanship 5 3 1 15
control
Training Non-existing of skilled 4 2 1 8
4. facilities target schedule
inadequate Untrained trainers 5 1 1 5
Absenteeism
Shortage of 1 1 1 1
Target not done as per
skilled or 1 2 1 2
requirement
authorized
Manpower sanction not
5. person/devel 2 5 1 10
as per requirement
opment of
Examination for
unskilled
workmanship certificate
person 5 1 1 5
not done regularly
Negligence/lack of 5 1 2 10
commitment
Poor
6. Not having proper 5 1 3 15
supervision
knowledge/experience
Inadequate training 0.3 3 3 2.7
Maintenance schedule 1 5 2 10
not followed
7. Machinery Unskilled operators 1 3 5 15
Moving parts of
machineries 1 5 5 25
Nonexistence of
Use of un- 5 4 2 40
calibration procedures
8. calibrated
Nonexistence of
instrument 5 4 2 40
calibration infrastructure
Electrical Fires 5 5 1 25
9. Fires
Spilled off lubricants 0.3 1 1 0.3
10. External Theft 0.01 7 3 0.21
Major Conseq Proba
theft Political issues 0.001 3 2 0.006
Non-supply of spares 0.01 7 3 0.21
Poor
11. Tempering with light
Illumination
fittings 0.01 7 3 0.21
Step – 3 – Control Measure

Table 7-7: Control Measure
Mechanism Control Procedure Responsible
person
Inundation
Nallah over flow Embankment Water danger Y Manager
Float, alarm, guard & procedure mine
wireless
Water logged Pumping, Dam & Pumping N
Inspection procedure
Training Facilities Inadequate
Nonexistence of Preparation of skilled Training N Training
skilled trg. Schedule trg. Schedule procedure manager
Untrained trainers Training for trainers
-do- N
Shortage of Skilled Person/Deployment Of Unskilled Person
Absentism Disciplinary action, Standing order Y Manager
work programme
Trg. Not done as per Comply
requirement
Manpower Sanction not Agent to appraise
as per requirement Competent authority
Machinery
Maintenance schedule Implement, Monitor Maintenance Y Mine
not followed & or take corrective Schedule Manager
Temporary trailing cable action for non-
joints compliance N
Moving parts of Stop doing temporary Inspection
machines joints Supervision &
Stop machine if monitoring
person
protective device is Procedure Y
not functioning Unsafe N
Stop machine if Practices/unsa
skilled operator is not fe Act &
present train more Colliery
operators Standing
Fence moving parts Order
of machines & don‟t
allow people wearing
loose dress
Fires
Electrical fires Maintenance as per Conveying &
Fire during gas cutting schedule & fire hauling N Mine
Spilled off lubricants extinguisher of dry procedure Manager
chemical Maintenance Y
powder/CO2/ABC Schedule
type near electrical Fire
appliances. Machines prevention
N
shall not be operated procedure
by-passing protective Welding &
device or with Gas cutting
temporary cable procedure
joints. Joint boxes
shall be compounded,
use only approved
type electrical
appliances
Site of gas cutting
must be stone dusted
well if combustible
material is there &
arrangement for water
& fire extinguisher
must be kept ready.
Clean all spilled off
oil/lubricants well to
make the site
intrinsically safe.
person
External threat
Theft Ameliorate
Political issues
Poor Illumination
Non-supply of spares See control measures
Tampering with light detailed in hazards
fittings name inadequate
supply of spare part.
7.4 Emergency Management Plan

General Manager will be designated as the adviser (Disaster Management) and will
be responsible for establishing the organization procedures and providing
guidelines to the Disaster Management Committee of the area.
 Mines Manager (Disaster Management)
 Advisor (DM)
 Director/Dy. Director of mines safety
 Safety officer
 Personal Manager
 Medical Officer
 Senior Official of the largest trade union
 Officer in charge of the local police station office of the general manager will
function as the emergency headquarter
 Telephonic facilities will be provided at the mine;
 Three control committees each direct by a controller shall be established
 Incident control committee;
 Surface control committee;
Composition of the committee will be as follows:

 Incident control committee:-
 Mine Agent
 Mine Manager
Surface control committee:
 Mining Engineer controller
 Medical Officer
 Officer In charge of local police station
 Local representative
 Store Manager
 Officer/Welfare Officer
7.5 Disaster Management Plan

The mining is proposed in riverbed area. The mining will go up to the economical
depth up to 3.0 m only.
The mining will discontinue during rainy season from end of June to end of
September. Before the temporary discontinuance,
Dealing with Emergency Situation
 Written down procedure to come in force at the time of emergency at the
mines will be prepared and posted at mines office.
 The written down procedure defines the procedure to be enforced at the time
of any calamity accident etc. along with the duties and responsibilities of
Mines Manager, Mining mate, Security Guard, First Aid in-charge etc.
 Code of signals, telephone Nos. of first aid room, nearby hospital etc. shall be
maintained for such emergencies.
 Emergency medicines to be kept at the mine office.
7.5.1 Anticipated Disaster and Corrective Actions
Inundation
In the case of inundation, at any time in the future, the water will be allowed to
stand and naturally percolate into the ground. In other cases where possibility of
accumulation of water is there preventative & management measures shall be
planned as per Regulation of MMR 1961.
Disaster Due to Slope Failure

The mining will be done in riverbed, hence there is no risk due to slope failure.
Disaster Due to Fire
The fire could be a surface fire. Likewise equipment sometimes catches fire
which needs to be dealt.
Code of Practice in Case of Fire at Mines
Objective:
To deal with fire efficiently and quickly
Source of Fire:
i) Electrical Sub Station.
ii) Oil & Lubricant Room.
iii) Mine machineries.
Line of Action:
i) Sufficient fire extinguishers will be installed at selected locations on site.
Besides, numbers of water hydrants with sufficient length of hosepipes will be
made available at the surface for fire protection.
ii) Any person when notices any sign of fire shall immediately take steps to give
warning by blowing the siren continuously and take steps to extinguish the fire by
using appliances available near the site.
Duties of Primary Controller: - The Primary Controller after receiving the
warning will forthwith inform at following places:
a) Fire Fighting Station
b) Security Gate
c) Section in-charge (Communication Officer)
d) Shift in-charge (Accident Controller)
e) Head of Department (Site Controller)
After intimating he should reach the spot, remove Men & Machinery and take
steps to tackle the fire in accordance with the fire-fighting instructions. Inform the
security office to get an Ambulance if required.
Duties of Fire Fighting Team: - On receiving warning, the team shall reach the
site of fire and depending on its nature, class and extent shall take steps to
extinguish it and rescue persons who may be caught in fire.
Duties of Head of Department (Site Controller): -
a) On receipt of information about fire, the Manager will forthwith rush to the
spot and assess the situation. He will oversee the overall rescue operation and
make necessary arrangement for medical aid to the affected persons, if any.
b) Inform the management and statutory bodies of State and Central Government.
Duties of Shift in-charge (Accident Controller):-
On receipt of information about explosion or accident, they shall forthwith rush to
the spot and will withdraw men/machines from affected area to minimize damage
to the men, machines, environment and loss of material.
Make arrangements for transportation of injured personnel.
Care and Maintenance during Temporary Discontinuance

During temporary discontinuance of mine the mining operation due to any reason,
notice (as per Rule 24 of MCDR, 1988 & Reg.6 of MMR, 1961) will be sent to
IBM and mines safety authorities. Notice will be accompanied as per Rule 24 of
MCDR, 1988, vide, Form no. D-1. All precautionary steps will be taken into
account in respect of care and maintenance. Following steps will be taken:
Protection of area:
There will be protected by displaying a board at the entry with caption like “Entry
in the premises without permission is strictly prohibited” in local language.
Maintenance and monitoring:
The area will be monitored every week by competent person and if maintenance
is needed will be done as per requirement.
 All the mining machinery shall be shifted to a safe place.
 Care and upkeep of plantation done shall be carried out on regular basis.
 All rules and regulations shall be followed in case of any temporary
discontinuance of mine.
7.5.2 Disaster Prevention Measure

In order to take care of hazards/disasters, the followings measures/ safeguards will
be strictly followed:
 Working of mines as per approved plans.
 All safety precautions and preventions of MMR should be strictly followed
during all mining operations.
 Regular maintenance and testing of all mining equipment as per
manufacturer‟s guidelines.
 Entry of unauthorized persons should be prohibited.
 Periodic check of effective working of firefighting and first aid provision in
the mining area.
 Training and refresher courses for all the employees.
 Cleaning of mining faces regularly.
As a part of disaster management plan, a rescue team will be formed by imparting
specialized training to the selected mining staff.
7.6 Social Impact Assessment and Rehabilitation and Resettlement Action Plan
Total mining lease area is river bed (Govt. Waste land). Therefore no Rehabilitation
and resettlement action plan is required.
SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH PROJECT BENEFITS
8 PROJECT BENEFITS
M/s. Prime Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd. is conscious of his obligations to society at
large. The company will contribute in overall socio economic development of the
area.
8.1 Social and Economic Development

The Company will undertake activities for the up liftmen of the social community
through community development in various ways as under:
Education
 Promotion of education programs
 Promotion of Adult Education program
 Crèche for children.
Water
 Repairing of wells and hand pumps.
 Support for water harvesting schemes.
 Awareness programs on safe drinking water.
 Facilities for School (Drinking Water)
Health
 An ambulance at the mine site
 Periodic medical check-up of employees
 Preventive medical care for rural population shall be promoted.
 Awareness to improve health and hygiene standards.
Employment Avenues
 Besides direct employment by the mine, indirect employment will also be
generated. Preference will be given to the local population for employment
based on their educational qualifications and experience.
 Some of the cultivators/agricultural workers, who may be displaced from their
work, due to land conversion, would be absorbed as workforce into the
proposed mine depending upon their capabilities.

Others
 Supplementing Government efforts in health monitoring camps, social welfare
and various awareness programs among the rural population.
 Communication facilities such as phone will also be available on mine site.
8.2 Proposed Action Plan for CER

The proposed project will help in improving the socio-economic status of the near-
by villages by generating direct or indirect employment opportunities.
The project will contribute additional revenue to the State and Central Govt. in the
form of royalty, cess and other taxes etc. Job opportunities to the local people will
improve the earning and spending capacity of the people. The people in area will
be able to utilize improved facilities with regard to education, health care, hygiene,
recreational opportunities, small business opportunities etc.
The main focus areas for the development of local community are as follows:
 Eradicating Hunger, poverty and malnutrition, promoting preventive health care
and sanitation and making available safe drinking water.
 Promoting education including special education and employment enhancing
vocation skills especially among children, women, elderly and the differently
abled and livelihood enhancement projects.
 Promoting gender equality, empowering women, setting up homes and hostels
for women and orphans; setting up old age homes, day care centers and such
other facilities for senior citizens and measures for reducing inequalities faced
by socially and economically backward groups;
 Protection of national heritage, art and culture including restoration of buildings
and sites of historical importance and works of art; setting up public libraries;
promotion and development of traditional arts and handicrafts;
 Training to promote rural sports, nationally recognized sports, Paralympic
sports and Olympic sports;
 Contributions or funds provided to technology incubators located within
academic institution which are approved by the central government;
 Rural Development projects.
Proposed action plan is given in Table 8-1.
Table 8-1: Proposed Action Plan for CER
S. Proposed Budget
Focus Area
No. (in Lakh) per Annum
Infrastructure Development (one activity every 3.0
1. year) such as water cooler, Almira, table etc. will
be provided in the nearby village school
Health check - up camps for villagers (the camp 2.5

2. will be conducted twice during the year for general
health check-up)
Drinking water and sanitation facility for nearby 2.5

3.
villagers
Education (distribution of books and school 3.5

uniforms to girl child) 50 student per year and
4.
sports development (help in organizing sports day
in school) (two activity every year)
Total 11.5 Lacs /annum
8.3 AMENITIES/FACILITIES
Break-up and Budgetary provision for the mine workers is given below in Table
8-2.
Table 8-2: Budgetary Provision for Mine Workers
S. CAPITAL COST(IN RECURRING COST
PARTICULARS
No. LAKHS) (P.A.) (IN LAKHS)
Shelter, Safe Drinking 0.90 (One Time) Drinking water,. 2.0
1.
water, Sanitation Facility
2. Health facility -- 1.0
Fuel for cooking -- 0.50
3.
(LPG cylinder)
4. Education for Children of -- 0.55
S. CAPITAL COST(IN RECURRING COST
PARTICULARS
No. LAKHS) (P.A.) (IN LAKHS)
Mine workers
Insurance cover for mine -- 2.0
5.
worker
Total 0.90 6.05
8.4 Conclusion
The project activity and the management will provide assistance for the
development of public amenities in the region.
The mine management will recruit semi-skilled & unskilled eligible workers from
the nearby villages.
The overall effect will improve the buying power of employees and thus a higher
standard of living viz. better education, improved health and sanitation facilities,
housing and acquisition of consumer durables. Housing, transport, medical,
educational and other civic amenities will get betterment in the future. This is
envisaged as a major positive benefit.
PRADESH ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
M/s. Prime Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd. will operate the mining activities for the
extraction of Sand/Morrum/Bajari to supply to the various consumers in the state
and outside the state. This will encourage the industries to enhance or improve
their capacity for the end users which will support the economic growth and
industrial improvement.
The cost of the project is estimated to be Rs. 4.0 Crore/- for the production of 9,
47,368 cum with a total reserve capacity of 9, 47,368 cum for
Sand/Morrum/Bajari. Mining of Sand /Morrum/Bajari has been practiced since
ancient times in India.

VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.1 Environmental Management Plans
10.1.1 Introduction
The EIA study for the project has identified impacts that are likely to arise during
different phases of the project. The study has also examined the extent to which
the adverse impacts identified can be controlled through the adoption of
mitigation measures. The Environment Management Plan describes both generic
good practice measures and site-specific measures, the implementation of which
is aimed at mitigating potential impacts associated with the proposed activities.
Environment Health and Safety (EHS) Policy is attached as Annexure 8.
Purpose of EMP
The environment management plan is prepared with a view to facilitate effective
environmental management of the project, in general and implementation of the
mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to
address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to
be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists
all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential biophysical
and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation,
which could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:
 A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures to be implement
 The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of
the action.
The timings for implementation of the action are also included to ensure the
objectives of mitigation get fully met. The EMP is presented in Table 10-1.

DAREYA BARAMAD VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Table 10-1: Environment Management Plan

Frequency
S. Project Impact/Iss Mitigation Means of Reporting
Project Stage Location of Responsibility
No. Activity ues Measures Verification Requirement
Monitoring
Environment Management Plan for Land Environment
 All the activities
Before the shall be restricted To be
start of within M.L area. included in
Land Lease/ Change in Mine Site Mines
1. Work/ Pre  Plantation Monthly Six monthly
Purchase Land Use Site inspection Manager
Operation activities to be compliance
Phase initiated report
simultaneously.
Daily
 No Overburden Site Record
Mining Change in Operation and waste Mine Inspection/ Mines Register of
2. Daily
Activities Land Use Phase material will be Site Visual Manager waste dump
produced. Observation height and
area.
 The entire
allotted five years
lease lies within To be
Mines
Mine river beds of included in
Change in Mine Mine Site Manager/
3. Closure/ Yamuna River Weekly Six monthly
Land Use Closure site Inspection Environmenta
Reclamation and there will be compliance
l Officer
no change in land report
use after
operation.

Frequency
Monitoring
 The river
Sand/Morrum /
Bajari will be
replenished every
year during the
monsoon season.
Environment Management Plan for Air Environment
 Water
sprinkling on
the internal
Impact on roads.
health due  Adhering to
Mines
to fugitive strict Site
manager,
dust maintenance Inspection,
Pre Environment Monthly
Site emissions schedules for all Mine Record
1. Operation Monthly officer, Safety Progress
Preparation Impact on equipment and Site Keeping and
Phase Officer, report
health due transport Visual
Maintenance
to exhaust Inspection
vehicle to department
gas
minimize
emission
gaseous
emissions like
So2 and NOx.
 Improved
Frequency
Monitoring
maintenance of
machinery for
reducing
gaseous and
noise pollution
 Restriction on
vehicle speed,
sprinkling of
water on
unpaved roads.
 Plantation shall
be done along
with lease
periphery and
road side.
Generation
 Through the Mines
of Fugitive Site
Impact on project life manager,
Dust Mine Inspection,
health due cycle, engage Environment Monthly
emissions Operation Site, Visual
2. to fugitive on-road and off- Monthly officer, Safety Progress
Air emission Phase Approac Observation-
dust road vehicles/ Officer, report
impact along h roads on, Record
emissions Maintenance
the access equipment that keeping
department
road are compliant to
Frequency
Monitoring
Loading/ prevailing
Unloading of emissions
mineral/wast standards of
e and OB CPCB/Central
Motor Vehicle
Act/Rule and
have valid PUC
certificates;
 Make dumper
and other
vehicle
operators/maint
enance
department
responsible for
periodically
inspecting the
vehicles
engaged in the
project for oil
and grease
leaks, spills and
seeps from any
Frequency
Monitoring
of its parts etc.
Prohibit the
practice of
attending to
break-down
maintenance
along roadside;
 Frequent water
spraying /
sprinkling on
the roads, stock-
piles and
transfer points
where dust is
generated;
 Provision of
dust mask to
workers
working at
highly dust
prone and
affected areas;
 Control fugitive
Frequency
Monitoring
dust emission in
the mining area
by controlling
the dust at
source. Some of
the strategies
include: keep
the traffic
allowed
carriageway
free of
excavation
materials;
sprinkle water
on dust source;
 If any increase
of pollutants is
reported from
monitoring,
necessary
control
measures would
be taken;
Frequency
Monitoring
 Follow up of the
conditions as
stipulated in the
Consent from
SPCB.
 Adhering to
strict
maintenance
schedules for all
Impact on equipment and
health due transport Mines
Site
to dust vehicle to manager,
Emission due Inspection,
emission minimize Environment Monthly
to Operation Mine Visual
3. Impact on gaseous Monthly officer, Safety Progress
Combustion Phase Site Observation-
health due emissions like Officer, report
engine on, Record
to exhaust Maintenance
So2 and NOx. keeping
gas department
 Improved
emission
maintenance of
machinery for
reducing
gaseous
pollution.
Frequency
Monitoring
 Use of low
Sulphur HSD
fuel oil (with
maximum 1%
Sulphur
content) to
restrict SO2
emission;
 If any increase
in level of
pollutants are
reported from
monitoring,
necessary
control
measures would
be taken;
 Follow up of the
conditions as
stipulated in the
Consent from
SPCB
Frequency
Monitoring
Environment Management Plan for Noise Environment
Noise  The operator‟s

Emission cabin of
from equipment like
excavation dumpers,
work, haul loaders, etc. to
trucks along be made sound
the mine proof.
access  Use of Site
service improvised Inspection, Mines
road, and plant and Visual Manager, Half Yearly
Noise Operation Mine
1. material machinery observation Monthly Environmenta reporting to
Pollution Phase Site
handling designs, with and l officer, MoEF&CC
monitoring Safety officer
activities at inbuilt
records
the ROM mechanism to
and spoil reduce sound
areas and emissions like
auxiliary improved
and support silencers,
equipment mufflers and
such as closed noise
dumpers, generating parts
Frequency
Monitoring
tractors and  Where noise
water level is more the
trucks, workers to be
provided with
ear plugs.
 Reducing the
exposure time
of workers to
high noise
levels by
arranging time
bound rotation
of individuals
 Green belt will
be enhanced by
additional
plantation in
and around the
M.L area.
 Periodic
ambient noise
monitoring near
sensitive
Frequency
Monitoring
receptors in the
vicinity of lease
area.
Environment Management Plan for Soil Environment
Removal of
topsoil; the
disturbed
areas and
soil stock
piles will be Soil  There is no
erosion
kept moist generation of Record
Loss of Keeping ,
to avoid topsoil.
fertile Top Monthly
wind Operation  Heavy Mine Surprise Site Mines
1. soil Monthly Progress
erosion of Phase machinery Site Inspection, Manager
Soil Report
soil Topsoil Compacti Visual
movement will
Observation
removed on be limited to
shall be access roads;
stored
separately,
protected
and reused
for
Frequency
Monitoring
landscape
developmen
t within the
project area.
The routes
for
movement
of dumper
and tractor
shall be
designated
to avoid the
soil
compaction
in other
areas.
Quantificatio
Soil  Ensure
n of waste
Contaminati hazardous waste
Soil generated,
on due to Operation oil/ lubricant Mine Mines Six monthly
2. Contamin Site Quarterly
spillage of Phase from Site Manager EHS report
ation inspection
Diesel and
maintenance of and visual
Lubricant
machinery and observation
Frequency
Monitoring
oil soaked rags
are properly
labeled and
stored onsite
provided with
impervious
surface, shed and
secondary
containment
system;
 Ensure routinely
disposal of
hazardous waste
(within 90 days)
through
approved
registered
recyclers and
records are
properly
documented as
per HW Rules;
 Ensure used oil
Frequency
Monitoring
is stored on
impervious floor
Environment Management Plan for Water Environment
Surface Run-
off from  Waste water
waste dump,
generated from
OB dump Impact on Site
office building Monthly
and mineral surface Operation Mine inspection Mines
1. will be diverted Monthly Progress
stack, water Phase site and Visual Manager
to septic tank report
wastewater quality observation
generated followed by
from mine soak pit
office
 Quarterly
monitoring of Site
Surface Run-
groundwater inspection,
off from Impact on Mine Mines
level and quality Visual Half Yearly
waste surface Operation site Manager/
2. to be carried out observation Quarterly reporting to
dump, OB water Phase and Environment
and MoEF&CC
dump quality by establishing nearby officer
monitoring
and mineral network of area
records
stack, existing well
and
Frequency
Monitoring
piezometers.
Environment Management Plan for Ecological Environment
 Damage to the
natural
topography and
landscape will be
minimized;
 General
awareness
Site
regarding
Impact inspection, Once Once
Site Pre wildlife will be
on Flora Mine training during the Mines during the
1. clearing Operation enhanced
and Site records, project Manager project
activities Phase through
Fauna visual phase phase
trainings, posters
assessment
etc. among the
staff and mine
workers;
 Traffic speed
within the
activity area will
be regulated.
Frequency
Monitoring
 Extensive
plantation on the
statutory
boundary will
increase the
floral diversity of
the area.
Impact
 Sufficient Site
on
availability of inspection,
vegetatio
Mining water will be Visual Mines
n and Half Yearly
activities Operation ensured for green Mine observation manager/
2. green Quarterly reporting to
(Plying of Phase belt. site by expert, Environment
belt due MoEF&CC
Vehicles)  The green belt Assessment officer
to dust
area once marked of survival
depositio
will not be rate
n
disturbed during
life of mine
 Water sprinkling
will be done
twice during the
day on haul road
and connecting
Frequency
Monitoring
mine to National
Highway.
Environment Management Plan for Occupational Health and Safety
 Persons
working in
dusty area to be
provided with
Fugitive protective gears
dust such as helmets,
dust masks, ear Site Monthly
emission
muff etc.; inspection, audit and
could
 Regular water Visual site Mines Monthly
Mining have Operation Mine
1. sprinkling at Assessment, inspection, manager/ Progress
Activities potential Phase site
dust generating medical test Annual Safety officer report
impact
areas, haul reports and medical
on
roads. EHS audit checkup
human
health  Occupational
health checkup
of all workers
working in
mine, and
Pulmonary
Frequency
Monitoring
function test for
workers
working in
dusty areas.
Continuo  Workers
us continuously
exposure exposed to
to high higher noise
level of levels will be
noise will provided ear Site Monthly
cause muffs/ear plugs;
inspection, audit and
health  Company Visual site Mines Monthly
Mining illness in Operation management Mine
2. Assessment, inspection, manager/ Progress
Activities the Phase will ensure that Site
medical test Annual Safety officer report
workers, no personnel is reports and medical
such as exposed to noise EHS audit checkup
annoyanc level greater
e, than 85 dB (A)
fatigue, for a duration of
hypertens more than 8
ion and hours per day
high without PPE‟s
Frequency
Monitoring
blood as
cholester recommended
ol; by DGMS.
Long  Use of Personal
term Protective
continuo equipment like
us ear plugs, ear
exposure muffs by mine
to higher workers.
noise  Regular health
may checkup of all
cause the workers
permanen working in
t hearing mine.
loss;
Safety
 Provision of
Hazard,
Natural warning system
natural
Hazard for any As and All the
hazard can Operation Mine Site Reporting of
3. during emergency due when workers in the
impact the Phase site Inspection Emergency
mining to natural hazard. required mine
surroundi
operation
ng  A well-rehearsed
population emergency
Frequency
Monitoring
management
plan shall be in
place to deal
with emergency
situations.
VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.1.2 Environment Management Cell

Apart from having an Environmental Management Plan, it is also necessary to
have a permanent organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring its
effective implementation of mitigation measures and to conduct environmental
monitoring. In this effect, M/s. Prime Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd. will assign
responsibilities to officers from various disciplines to co-ordinate the activities
concerned with management and implementation of environment control
measures. An organogram of Environment management is shown in
Figure 10-1.
Basically, this department undertakes the monitoring of environmental pollution
level by measuring, ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, Noise level,
etc., either departmentally or appointing external agency whenever required. The
Environmental and Safety department will also looking after for preparation of
environment statement, carrying out environment audit, preparation of Consent to
establish & Consent to operate.
Environmental monitoring cell will be established for monitoring of important
and crucial environmental parameters which are of immense importance to assess
the status of environment during sand mine operation. Proponent will be
monitored the Environmental Status with the help of third party and give
responsible to Mining or Safety Engineer for compliance and take care the all the
things for implementation of EMP as proposed. However, the tentative schematic
diagram also shown as follows for the same.
Owner
Mines Manager
Safety Officer
Environmental Officer

Figure 10-1: Environment Management Cell
In order to carry out the environmental monitoring, EMC will perform the following
activities:
 EMC will oversee that environmental control measures are implemented as per
approved action plan.
 Identify and record the constraints in respect of environmental planning and
implementation.
 Systematically document and record keeping w.r.t environmental issues.
 Field monitoring and laboratory analysis.
 Monitoring of plantation development.
 Environmental compliance to the regulatory authorities.
 Communication with the concerned departments on the environmental issues.
Interact and liaison with State/ Central Government departments.
 To monitor compliance of environmental regulations.
 Continual improvement in environmental performance.
 To follow proper documentation and monitoring procedures, for developing
better.
 Environmental Management System at the mine site.
 To keep up with regulatory requirements and arrange for the necessary certificates
or consents viz., air and water.
 To conduct yearly environmental monitoring and submit the statement to SPCB.
10.2 Greenbelt Development

Greenbelt development programme will be designed within the natural constraints
of the Sand/Morrum/Bajari mine area and in particular species selection reflects
flora known to be resistant to the local conditions.
Greenbelt development is necessary for:
1. Landscaping and providing shelter.
2. Help in reducing Pollution level.
3. Surface air purification by providing oxygen and letting SPM to settle on the
leaves.
4. To attenuate noise generation by movement of vehicles and other machinery.
5. Improve ecological conditions.
6. Improves the aesthetics & beneficially influence the microclimate of the
surrounding.
The following characteristics will be taken into consideration while selecting
plant species for green belt development and tree plantation.
1. They should be local indigenous and drought resistant species.
2. They should be fast growing and tall trees.
3. They should be perennial and evergreen.
4. They should have thick canopy cover.
5. The planting should be in appropriate alternate rows around the site to prevent
lateral.
6. Pollution dispersion.
7. The trees should maintain regional ecological balance and conform to soil and
hydrological conditions. Indigenous species should be preferred.
8. Native species will be planted as per CPCB guidelines.
10.2.1 PLANTATION PROGRAMME

It is proposed to have plantation on both sides of the roads & to provide cover
against dust dissemination plantation will also be carried out as social forestry
programmed in villages school and the areas allocated by the Panchayat\ State
authorities. The following plant species will be planted according to CPCB
guidelines: Azadirachtaindica (Neem), Lannea coromandelica (Mahi), Emblica
officinalis (Amla), Annona squamosa (Sitaphal), Mangifera indica (Mango),
Syzgium cumini (Jamun), Terminalia Arjuna (Arjun), Dalbergia sissoo (Sissoo)
etc. A suitable combination of trees that can grow fast and also have good leaf
cover shall be adopted to develop the greenbelt. It is proposed to plant 2777
numbers of native species per year along with trees, herbs, shrubs &grasses.
Greenbelt development programme is given in Table 10-2.
Table 10-2: Greenbelt developments Programme
Area to be
No. of
Year planted in Species Place of Plantation
Sampling
Ha.
I 3.47 2777 Along the roads, in
II 3.47 2777 Peepal, schools and public
III 3.47 2777 Mango, building & Nearby
IV 3.47 2777 Shisham, Gram-Panchayat,
V 3.47 2777 Ashok, Hospital, School and
Area to be
No. of
Year planted in Species Place of Plantation
Sampling
Ha.
At the end 17.36 13,888 Siris, Bel, other social forestry
of Amaltas & programme, and the
Lease Neem etc places directed by
period and other the concerned
native authority.
species
Vegetation development is proposed along the bank of mine and along road sides of
approach roads. While selecting plant species preference will be given for planting
native species of the area and shall have soil binding capacity. M/s. Prime Vision
Industries Pvt. Ltd. will supply saplings to surrounding villagers for green belt
development in their villages and encourage the plantation by means of social
forestry.
Greenbelt development as per the scheduled plan will be reviewed every year
plantation records will be maintained for period of plantation, area under plantation,
length of avenue plantation, type of species density of planted area and survival rate.
10.3 Budget for Environmental Management Activities

The budget for environmental activities is given in Table 10-3.
Table 10-3: Budget for Environmental
Management
S. No. Description of Item Recurring Cost

(Rs)/Annum
1 Air Pollution Control - Water Sprinkling 6,48,000/-
(270 Days x 5 times x 480)
2 Environmental Monitoring and Management- Air quality 3,76,000/-
Monitoring
(location x Monitoring Frequencies x Cost)
(6x2x3000) = Rs. 36000 /-
Ground Water sampling analysis
(6x2x3000) = Rs. 36,000/-
Surface Water sampling analysis
(6x2x3000) = Rs. 36,000 Rs./-
Soil Sampling Analysis
(6x2x2000)= Rs. 24,000 /-
Noise Sampling
(6x2x1500)=Rs. 18,000 /-
Environment Management- Rs. 2,26,000 /-
3 Green Belt Development (94 Rs./plant x 4800) = Rs. 4,50,000/-
2,61,000 /-
(*Rs. 94/- includes the cost of fertilizers & pesticides)
Water Cost for Plant
(700 Rs/day x 270 day)=Rs. 1,89,000 /-
4 Water Pollution control 52,000/-
5 Haul road making/ maintenance 2,26,000
Total 15,26,000/-
VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
11 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION,

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
11.1 Justification of the project implementation

M.L area is River Bed (Govt. waste land) situated near Village-Dareya Baramad,
and District- Saharanpur (Uttar Pradesh); this is a project with production
capacity of 9, 47,368 cum/Annum.
11.2 Technical details of the project

The mining lease area is River Bed (Govt. waste land). The composite revised
M.L. area of 52.63 ha falls in the parts of Toposheet No. 53 F/8, 53G/5.The
salient feature of proposed project shown in Table 11-1
Table 11-1: Salient Feature of Project
S. No Particulars Details
A. Nature of the Project Sand/Morrum/Bajari
2. Proposed Production Capacity 9, 47,368 cum/Annum
C Location Details
Pillars Latitude (N) Longitude (E)
A 30° 4'28.04" 77°22'9.18"
B 30° 4'36.18" 77°22'15.00"
5. Latitude & Longitude C 30° 4'41.64" 77°22'19.94"
D 30° 4'59.29" 77°22'20.83"
E 30° 5'14.23" 77°22'34.35"

F 30° 5'0.63" 77°22'45.89"
G 30° 4'58.54" 77°22'44.21"
H 30° 4'56.52" 77°22'39.54"
I 30° 4'52.24" 77°22'36.20"
J 30° 4'45.77" 77°22'33.24"
K 30° 4'40.15" 77°22'29.09"
L 30° 4'30.49" 77°22'20.07"
M 30° 4'22.82" 77°22'15.45"
6. Toposheet No. 53F/8, 53G/5
D Environmental Settings of the Area
No National Park, Wild Life Sanctuary, Biosphere
Reserve, Tiger Reserve, Wildlife Corridor, Reserved
Forest fall within 15 km radius of the lease area.
S. P.F./R.F. Distance Direction
No.
1 Kalanpur 1.58 km West
1. Ecological Sensitive Areas
Reserved Forest
2 Tapu Reserved 5.7 km NE
Forest
3 Sugh Protected 7.2 km NW
Forest
River/ water body Distance Direction

Yamuna River Within the lease area
Western Yamuna 6.0 km NW
2. River / water body Canal
Budhi Nala 7.0 km SW
Kala Nala 6.35 km South
Budhi Yamuna River 8.0 km NE
3. Nearest Town / City Sarsawa – 6.90 km, SE from mine site.

Sarsawa Railway Station – 7.60 km, SE from mine
4. Nearest Railway Station
site.
Dehradun Airport is about 68.90 Km in NE
5. Nearest Airport
direction from mine site.
6. State Boundary No State boundary passes through the project site.
7. Seismic Zone Zone – II [as per IS 1893 (Part-I): 2002]
D Cost Details
1. Total Project Cost Rs. 4.0 Crore/-
E Requirements of the Project
1. Water Requirement 9.58 KLD

2. Man Power Requirement 52 (Skilled and unskilled persons)
Present and Proposed Method of Mining

The mining will be done by open cast manual mining method and sand will be excavated
in layers up to a depth of 3.0 m. As per Uttar Pradesh minor mineral Concession, Rules,
1963 and as amended Rules 2004, validity of mining is 5 years from the date of execution
of lease.
Salient Features of Mining Method

The salient features of proposed mining method are:-
 The maximum depth of Sand/Morrum/Bajari quarrying in the river bed shall not
 The quarrying of Sand/Morrum/Bajari shall be prohibited within 300 m on both

bridge.
 No quarrying shall be permitted within 50 meters of any public place i.e.

 No quarrying shall be permitted within 5 meters from both banks of the river.
 The quarrying of Sand/Morrum/Bajari shall be prohibited within 100 meters

irrigation purpose.
11.3 Environment Management plan
Detailed EMP has been already discussed in Chapter -10 Environment Management
plan table no.-10.1.
11.4 Project Benefits

The project activity and the management will provide assistance for the
development of public amenities in the region.
The mine management will recruit semi-skilled & unskilled eligible workers from
the nearby villages.
The overall effect will improve the buying power of employees and thus a higher
standard of living viz. better education, improved health and sanitation facilities,
housing and acquisition of consumer durables. Housing, transport, medical,
educational and other civic amenities will get betterment in the future. This is
envisaged as a major positive benefit.
11.5 Cost Benefit Analysis

M/s. Prime Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd. will operate the mining activities for the
extraction of Sand/Morrum/Bajari to supply to the various consumers in the state
and outside the state. This will encourage the industries mainly Building,
Construction industries to enhance or improve their capacity for the end users
which will support the economic growth and industrial improvement.
form. There will be no beneficiation or treatment before its dispatch. Thus, keeping
in mind this requirement, mining of River Sand Minor Mineral is necessary for
development of the infrastructure. Therefore it becomes important for the region to
operate the mine to generate employment opportunities for local people and
improves livelihood as well as lifestyle of people.
The cost of the project is estimated to be Rs. 4.0 Crore/- for the production of 9,
47,368 cum with a total reserve capacity of 9, 47,368 cum for Sand/Morrum/Bajari.
Mining of Sand /Morrum/Bajari has been practiced since ancient times in India.
11.6 Health Safety & Environment (HSE) Management
Occupational health and safety (OHS) is a Gross-disciplinary area concerned with
protecting the safety, health and welfare of people engaged in work or employment.
The goal of all occupational health and safety programs is to foster a safe work
environment.
The mining operations will be carried out with all the safety measures laid down in
Mining Laws. Regular Medical checkup of workers will be done to check
occupational disease, if any, and respective records will be maintained at the mine.
By formation of a medical team consisting of medical practitioners having
experienced in industrial disease supported by local Panchayat and mine owner and
expenses to be borne by mine owner.
11.7 Corporate Environmental Responsibilities (CER) Activities proposed with

budgetary provision
S.No. Activities Proposed Budget (in
Lakh ) per Annum
1 Infrastructure Development (one activity every year) 3.0

Such as Water cooler, Almira, table etc. will be
provided in the nearby Village school.
2 Health check - up Camps for villagers. (The camp 2.5

will be conducted twice during the year for general
health check-up)
3 Drinking water and Sanitation facility for Nearby 2.5

villagers
4 Education (Distribution of Books and School 3.5

Uniforms to Girl Child) 50 student per year and
Sports Development (Help in Organizing Sports
Day in School) (Two activity every year)
Total 11.5
11.8 Environmental Policy of Proponent
For protection of environment and sustainable development, the [M/s. Prime
Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd.] is committed to abide by environmental norms and
various conditions imposed by the Government during approval of project(s) at the
central as well as at the state levels. In addition to this, [M/s. Prime Vision
Industries Pvt. Ltd.] acknowledges the importance of the concept of inter-
dependence of all sections of the society. In particular, its focus revolves around
the community residing in the immediate vicinity of its Mining of
Sand/Morrum/Bajari (M.L Area: 52.63 ha) with production capacity of 9, 47,368
cum Dareya Baramad Village, Tehsil: Saharanpur, District: Saharanpur (Uttar
Pradesh) where it seeks to actively assist in improving the quality of life.
In line with its abiding concern for preservation of the ecological balance and
safeguarding the health and environment of the community, [M/s. Prime Vision
Industries Pvt. Ltd.] has always actively demonstrated its firm resolve to protect
the environment and is deeply committed to Environmental Protection and
professional style of management with the best in business ethics.
Keeping in view environmental commitments and also the guidelines on norms
and directives of different State and Central Government of India, [M/s. Prime
Vision Industries Pvt. Ltd.] has formulated the following Environmental Policy for
effective implementation across the organization.
The monitoring of implementation and review shall be at the level of the Director
and the guidance shall be communicated to all concerned in writing for
compliance. Together these shall comprise the Environmental Performance Report,
and shall be included in the Organization's Annual Report.
Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) have been framed for each component of
mining operations like loading and transport operations. Transport of waste/
overburden, management of waste/overburden dumps, control of pollution,
plantation etc. These are available with the Mine Office.
Environment protection will be responsibility of all the employees. Any employee,
who notices any discharge of effluents, leakage from engine, machinery, abnormal
emission of any pollutants, noise from any place, machinery or moving part of any
machinery or security fence which is broken or any unhygienic condition within
the mining lease or near to the mining lease, shall inform the Environment
Management cell immediately. No employee shall will fully damage the plantation
done/green belt developed by the company within the project premises.
Grant of Environmental Clearance along with conditions attached to it shall be
prominently displayed on the web site of the company, office premises, Labour
Union Office, Attendance office etc.
Environment Management Officer will directly report to the Mines Manager and
no constraint whether financial or Administrative shall come in the way of
compliance of all the environment norms. Human resource and technological
resource as required for compliance of environmental norms shall be made
available to Environment Management Cell.
11.9 Conclusion
As discussed, it is safe to say that the collection of minor mineral from the
proposed lease area is not likely to cause any significant impact on the ecology of
the area as the mineral is and waste generated is non-toxic and does not harm the
surrounding environment.
Adequate measures will be taken to control the fugitive emissions to be
generating during mining operation. Green belt development in the vicinity of
river banks, approach roads, Govt. buildings, Schools also proposed with the help
of local Govt. department and local people as social forestry in the area for
betterment of environment.
VILLAGE, SAHARANPUR DISTRICT OF UTTAR PRADESH DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
M/s Overseas Min-Tech Consultants (OMTC) expertise in Mining and

Environment Management provides comprehensive professional services for
Mining, Highways, and Building & Large Construction sectors. M/s Overseas
Min-Tech Consultants was established in the year 2011. It is an ISO 9001:2008
certified organization as well as certified RQP organization by Indian Bureau of
Mines for preparation of Mining Plans. It is also accredited as Category „A‟
Organization for preparation of EIA/EMP for Mining, Highways, Railways and
Building & Large Construction projects by NABET.
The company‟s genesis is attributed to the acute need of consulting services by
providing end to end solutions for mining and environment sectors. It is a
pioneering step in taking mining and environment sectors consultancy on well-
organized professional services in the state of art manner.
OMTC provides Technical Services on Mineral Resource Management Systems
and their Processes. It also provides advanced software advice enabling tasks to
be completed quickly and managing Technical Data by use of CAE Data-mine
software for optimal solution for existing mine site. The team of OMTC includes
Mining Engineers, Geologists, Hydro-geologist, Environment Engineer,
Mechanical Engineer, Surveyors, Business Analysts and Modelers who drawn
years of expertise and experience in order to provide practical advice for
extracting optimal value from existing operations, potential projects and mine
expansions through involvement in the ongoing global mining industry and
awareness towards significant trends in mining, environment and software
engineering. OMTC offers proven & up-to-date technical advice with solutions.
The key services which make OMTC unique and successful in mining sector.
Following are some of the services which are M/s Overseas Min-Tech
Consultants (OMTC) core competency
 Helping the client to select the suitable site as per the norms of Ministry of
Environment and Forest& Climate Change, Govt. of India and State Pollution
Control Boards in India.
 Identification of area for M.L/ P.L and putting the M.L/P.L application.
 Mine Exploration.
 Preparation of Pre-Feasibility/ Feasibility Reports for mineral deposits.

 Reserve and resource estimation, assessment of life of mine, Geological
Modeling by using CAE Data-mine software.
 Preparation of Mine Plan, Scheme of Mining, Progressive Mine Closure Plan,
Final Mine Closure Plan
 Consultancy on use of different types of latest explosives for different type of
deposits/minerals, drill patterns as well as safety equipment‟s required during
blasting.
 Engineering design to prepare long term working Plan of a mine.
 Preparation of EIA/ EMP and getting Environment Clearance from
MoEF/SEIAA.
 Environmental Monitoring and suggesting measures for Environmental
protection.
 Environmental and Safety Audit measures for mine environment & safety with
their updating.
 Providing Forestry Clearance.
 Procedural requirements for acquisition of private land for PL/ ML.
 Performance testing of emissions/pollution control equipment‟s.
 Analysis of Surface Hydrological data pertaining to flow fluctuation,
estimation of flows at 10, 50 and 90 percentile levels, Computation of ground
water, recharge flow rate & direction, plotting of ground water contours,
preparation of water budgets and water danger plan etc.
 Supervisory consultancy services during above operations.
 Highways & Railways, Building & Large Construction projects environments
clearance.
 Socio economic studies & social impact assessment studies.
 Field survey by DGPS.
 Remote sensing & GIS studies.
OMTC have a well-qualified and experienced EIA Coordinator. The following EIA
Coordinator and team members have assisted respective FAEs and also assisted in
documentation of EIA report. The certificate of accreditation of QCI/NABET done on
30.04.2018 has been enclosed as Annexure 11.
Table 12-1: List of EIA Coordinator

S.No. Name Category
1. Arun Kumar Yadav Cat. A (Open Cast)
Associate EIA Coordinator
2. Anjali H. Chachane
Table 12-2: Expertise of concern functional area
Name of the Expert/s&
Sr. No. Functional Areas
Associate FAEs
Air Pollution Prevention,
1 P. M Jain
Monitoring & Control (AP)
Noise/ Vibration
2.
(NV)
Solid Waste and Hazardous
3. Waste Management (SHW))
Arun Kumar Yadav
Risk Assessment & Hazard
4.
Management (RH)
5. Soil Conservation (SC) Anjali H Chachane
Meteorology, Air Quality

6.
Modeling & Prediction (AQ)
Water Pollution, Prevention, Dr. Rizwan Raza
7. Control & Prediction of Impacts
(WP)
Hydrology, Ground Water &
8 Water Conservation (HG)
Land Use Prerna Chauhan
9
(LU)
10 Geology(GEO)
11 Ecology and Biodiversity (EB) Prerna Sharma
12 Socio-Economics (SE) Roshan Kumawat
Table 12-3:List of FAAs and Team members
Sr. No. Functional Area Name
Functional Area Associates
1. Water Pollution Prevention, Control &
Prediction of Impacts (WP) Jaya Mathur
2. Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste Management
(SHW)
3. Ecology and Biodiversity (EB) Om Prakash Yadav
Team member
1. Water Pollution Prevention, Control & Pooja Singh
Prediction of Impacts (WP)
2. Hydrology, Ground Water & Water
Conservation (HG)
3. Geology (GEO) Ajeet Singh
4. Land Use
(LU)
5. Socio-Economics (SE) Subhash Chandra Gujar
MINING PLAN
PROGRESSIVE I t1NE CLOSURE PLAN
D ECLARA 4 QN
*t/s *'ei*sc vceson inourrazes e •r. cv
o
IN PRODUCTION
CHAPTER - ¥
GENERAL INFORMATION
CHAPTER - 3
GEOL'0G ¥, RESER BE & REPLENZSHMENT
STUDY
" Coordinate ' Blocked Geologic
area of al
6.319» Reserves
blocked i in Eli neable
Five
NumeoC n
the Name Years Rpveres
ma 7.5rn Blocked Rep)eni#hed Reserves
x
N e Statuary Area{in 66.00 6• 60.OO"/o of
Ghats/ of River ’"” Latituzte Longitude * mUm
barrier sum} Geological geological
Village ’°’ yt area area * Depth
(N) depth *we Years ( UNFC Re serves (‹n reserve(+n
, tUN FC cotte
(i* lease Code cum } sum }
111)
m) Boundary ' 21 I * 22Z
etc. = ( in )
(YAnsUNA @IVE9 BED)

A
' B
c
D
') J. f; I.i
Page | 26
CHAPTER - 4
METHOD OF
MINING
CHAPTER — S
BLASTING
CHAPTER - 7
STACKING OF MINERAL REJECTS & DISPOSAL
OF WASTES
cHxezcn - s
USE OF IdINERAL
CHAP'TER - 9
MIfdERAL
BENEFZC1ATION
’’ CHAPTER - 10
SURFACE TRANSPORT
CHAPTER - 12
DETAILS OF ENP LOY HENT

CHAPTER - 13
EN VIPDNMENT MANAGER ENT PLAN
CHAPTER - 24
ANY OTHER IN rORNATt ON
PROGRESSIVE
CLOSURE PLAN
CHAPTe H — 2
M¥NE DE5CPIPTtDN
CI•t APT OR — 4
CLOSURE PLAN
CI-tAPTEB - 8
FINANCZ ML AS FRANCE
CHAPTER - g
.e
o.
.e
.
A
. NNEXI fRE
e
e
e
e
ihIrH'
"*
J<J II
I Ih
Naflonal Accradl&tion Board Dr
Testing and CaIIbrgt1on Laborator/as
CERTI P1CAT F. OF AC6 REDITATf OH
@ @fld5Iñ50It6flt) t7ff!\tIl0It M4(0f/0Ik3!\\1ltI@ S!

6II/Z/
Ig/I g#i¥|ItIfi Cdofl}/d0fI5i0fl, Jeen Mab Mag, Jbhan, Jâipur, Rajd5ffBfl
TESTING
r++tiri«a‹r « »,• 7c•s1« •«r sJ
14'01/201T 1Z I1/201Q
OVERSEAS TEST HOUSE B RESEA9 CH CENTRE PVT. LOO.
0 V ER SEA 5 TE SP H OUSE 6 R LSEA R CI T CEMT ft E PVT. L T D.
AVERGEAS TEST HOU s£ 6 PE 6EA 9 CH CEMT R E PW. LT D
OVE h SEAS TEST HOJJSE & EESE ncH crnI
n e rn. LT0.
Ov E n s eds Tcs \ n o USE & PM SEA R C H C EN TPE P \/T. LTD.
Ov s EIT IOUSE & RES EARC H CEMTR E PVT.
Ees LTD.
OVf PSE AS HOUSE & R CSEGPC H CENT R E PVT.
TEIT LTD.
_ OVER6E4S TE8T HOU6E PESEARCIt CEASE PVg. LTD.
’U ’F¥fP0RT.
O BER SEA S TO ST H0 USE 6 R E SEA RCTT CEN TR E P V¥. LTO¿
OV EPSEAS T EST HOUBE 6 AE SE #,D CH CENTPE
PVC. LtD.
OVERSEAS TEST HOUS£6 RESEARCH CEMTRE P\rT.
WTO.
OWR6EAS TEsr HOU8E a nEseazica CEN"gRE . rn.
ovzeszns usr aeusE & RE8EAkCH CEDE P'¥T. LT0.
OW9SE;AS TE8T HOUSE & RESEARCH CENTRE 'VT. LT0.
OVERSEAS TEsT mouse s REGEA•t fi CEMT9E PVT. LOO.
O \'C P SEA S T ? SP HOUSE & R E S LA RC H C ENT R E P\/T . LTD.
I
O VER S:E 4S TE s› ›‹ o Us E 6 n r s E on CH CENTP E PVT. LT D
OVERSEAS TE6T HOUSE & OESWRCN CEMTPE PVT. LED.
o v E n s E a S TE S T HOUSE & n Es EA Ft C H C EN TR E 'V 7. LTO.
OF EP SE AS T E SP HOUS E & R gSEA R c i-t c eu T n E r'yT. £ r o„.
OV EDI SEA S TE ST H 0 USP NESEA R CM CEN TPE P VT. T. T O.
O V E n SE g S TE so i‹ o u s E s n E s E oecv c E n IP E P VT. LT D.
PRIME VISION INDUSTRIES PRIVATE LIMITED
312, 3 floor, Vishal Chambar, P-1, Sector-18,
Noida – 201301 (Uttar Pradesh)
ENVIRONMENT POLICY
For protection of environment and sustainable development, the [M/s Prime Vision
Pvt. Ltd.] is committed to abide by environmental norms and various conditions
imposed by the Government during approval of project(s) at the central as well
as at the state levels. In addition to this, [M/s Prime Vision Pvt. Ltd.] acknowledges
the importance of the concept of inter-dependence of all sections of the society. In
particular, its focus revolves around the community residing in the immediate
vicinity of its Mining of River/Sand/Bajari (M.L Area: 52.63 ha) with production
capacity of 9,47,368 cum/annum in River Yamuna ” Gata No. 1/1, Near village: Dariya
Baramad, Tehsil & District: Saharanpur, Uttar Pradesh where it seeks to actively
assist in improving the quality of life.
In line with its abiding concern for preservation of the ecological balance and
safeguarding the health and environment of the community, [M/s Prime Vision Pvt.
Ltd.] has always actively demonstrated its firm resolve to protect the environment and
is deeply committed to Environmental Protection and professional style of
management with the best in business ethics.
Keeping in view environmental commitments and also the guidelines on norms

and directives of different State and Central Government of India, [M/s Prime
Vision Pvt. Ltd.] has formulated the following Environmental Policyfor effective
implementation across the organization. The policy shall:
The M/s Prime Vision Pvt. Ltd. has framed Environment Policy as given below and it is
desired that this may be given a wide publicity among all the employees. The
Environment policy and Standard operating procedures and all environmental
clearances granted to the company
along with all the conditions attached to it shall be available on web site of the
company. The salient features of Environment Policy are as given below.
The management shall

a) Provide for incentives to its employees for achieving environmental
targets that go beyond legalcompliance and disincentivesfor failure to
achievethese.
b) Provide for monitoring and review of environmental performance along
with the reporting of non-compliances.
c) Minimize consumption of natural resources through the reduction,
reuse or recycling of materials, asmuch as possible.
d) Encourage efficient useof energy, water and utilities.
e) Purchase products and services, as far as possible, that do the least
damage to the environment on a life cycle basis.
f) Promote environmental awareness among the employees and encourage
them to work in an environmentally responsiblemanner.
g) Communicate the environmental commitment and performance of the
organization to its clients, customers and the public.
The monitoring of implementation and review shall be at the level of the Director and
the guidance shall be communicated to all concerned in writing for compliance.
Together these shall comprise the Environmental Performance Report, and shall
be included in the Organization's Annual Report.
Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) have been framed for each component of
mining operations like drilling, loading and transport operations. Transport of waste/
overburden, management of waste/overburden dumps, control of pollution,
plantation etc. These are available with the Mine Office.
Environment protection will be responsibility of all the employees. Any employee, who
notices any discharge of effluents, leakage from engine, machinery, abnormal
emission of any pollutants, noise from any place, machinery or moving part of any
machinery or security fence which is broken or any unhygienic condition within the mining
lease or near to the mining lease
shall inform the Environment Management cell immediately. No employee shall
willfully damage the plantation done/green belt developed by the company within the
project premises. Grant of Environmental Clearance along with conditions attached to
it shall be prominently displayed on the web site of the company, office premises,
Labour Union Office, Attendance office etc.
Environment Management Officer will directly report to the Mines Manager and no
constraint whether financial or Administrative shall come in the way of compliance of all
the environment norms. Human resource and technological resource as required
for compliance of environmental norms shall be made available to Environment
Management Cell.
A specific organizational structure has been laid down for guidance and implementation of
the environmental policy.
M/S Prime Vision Industries Private

Limited.
(Applicant/Lessee)
A RAGE RAI N FALL IW DlSTgfCY, fi RANPUR
owson rox W*NEmaL ooxcrsmo*
S•›rWnn!SoFM ORXr gg g, ,j qg yg
Local Public Present during Public Hearing Consultant Giving the Presentation
Local Public Present during Public Hearing

Quality Council of lndia
National Accreditation Board for
Education & Training=
'ATE OF ACCREDITATlON

Final Envronment Impact Assessment Report & Environment Management Plan

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Final Envronment Impact Assessment Report & Environment Management Plan

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Final Envronment Impact Assessment Report & Environment Management Plan

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

STUDY PERIOD PRE MONSOON SEASON 2018 (MARCH, APRIL, MAY)

FINAL ENVRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

IN RIVER YAMUNA, NEAR VILLAGE: DAREYA BARAMAD, TEHSIL & DISTRICT:

PROJECT PROPONENT EIA CONSULTANT

Project File ID- OMTC/EIA /18/04

DECLARATION BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THIS

Sector No. as per EIA Sector as per EIA

Name: Mr. Arun Kumar Yadav

Associate EIA Coordinator

Period of Involvement: March 2018 to January 2019

OVERSEAS MIN TECH CONSULTANTS JANUARY 2019

A. Functional Area Experts

OVERSEAS MIN TECH CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2019 1

March 2018 to May 2018

March 2018 to May 2018

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/ Authorized Person:

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1720/RA0091, 30.04.2018

1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND..............................................22

Annexure 1: Lease of Intent..................................................................................................

OVERSEAS MIN TECH CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2019 12

Table 1-1: Details about the client.....................................................................................22

OVERSEAS MIN TECH CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2019 13

Figure 1-1: Location Map..................................................................................................26

Photograph 1-1: Photographs of Mine Lease....................................................................24

OVERSEAS MIN TECH CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2019 17

AAS/ICPA : Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer/Inductively Coupled Plasma Analyzer

OVERSEAS MIN TECH CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2019 18

ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant

OVERSEAS MIN TECH CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2019 19

1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

1.1 About The Project Proponent

1.2 About Mine

OVERSEAS MIN TECH CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2019 22

1.3 Location of Project

A 30° 4'28.04" 77°22'9.18"

B 30° 4'36.18" 77°22'15.00"

C 30° 4'41.64" 77°22'19.94"

D 30° 4'59.29" 77°22'20.83"

E 30° 5'14.23" 77°22'34.35"

F 30° 5'0.63" 77°22'45.89"

G 30° 4'58.54" 77°22'44.21"

H 30° 4'56.52" 77°22'39.54"

I 30° 4'52.24" 77°22'36.20"

J 30° 4'45.77" 77°22'33.24"

L 30° 4'30.49" 77°22'20.07"

M 30° 4'22.82" 77°22'15.45"

Photograph 1-1: Photographs of Mine Lease

Project Site – North Direction Project Site – South Direction

Project Site – East Direction Project Site – West Direction

Within the lease

Western Yamuna Canal 6.0 km in NW

Habitat for migratory

Figure 1-1: Location Map

OVERSEAS MIN TECH CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2019 26

Figure 1-2: Google Imagery of the Mining Lease

OVERSEAS MIN TECH CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2019 27

1.3.1 Approach to Site

1.4 About EIA Report

1.4.1 Regulatory Framework